Merge branch 'master' into prePub59

en_tn_41-MAT.tsv

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ MAT	10	2	sc7b	translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1	first	This is **first** in order
 MAT	10	3	g6eg		Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης	1	Matthew the tax collector	Alternate translation: “Matthew, who was a tax collector”
 MAT	10	4	n4st		ὁ Καναναῖος	1	the Zealot	The word **Zealot** could be: (1) a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” (2) a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”
 MAT	10	4	kmp2		ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν	1	who also betrayed him	Alternate translation: “who would betray Jesus”
-MAT	10	5	sn9v	figs-events		0	General Information:	Although verse 5 begins by saying that he sent out the twelve, Jesus gives these instructions before sending them out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
+MAT	10	5	sn9v	figs-events		0	General Information:	Although this verse begins by saying that Jesus sent out the twelve, he gives these instructions before sending them out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 MAT	10	5	c46d		τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	These Twelve Jesus sent out	Alternate translation: “Jesus sent out these twelve men” or “It was these twelve men whom Jesus sent out”
 MAT	10	5	yix4		ἀπέστειλεν	1	sent out	Jesus **sent** them **out** for a particular purpose.
 MAT	10	5	ryl4		παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς	1	having instructed them	Alternate translation: “having told them what they needed to do” or “having commanded them”
@@ -813,7 +813,6 @@ MAT	10	9	a4xx	figs-metonymy	χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ
 MAT	10	9	b4m7		τὰς ζώνας	1	purses	People at that time carried money in their **belts**. A belt is a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. It was often wide enough that it could be folded and used to carry money. lf your readers would not use a belt for this purpose, you can express this with the word for whatever they use to carry money.
 MAT	10	10	kia9		πήραν	1	a bag	This could either be any **bag** used to carry things on a journey, or a bag used by someone to collect food or money.
 MAT	10	10	i2ex		δύο χιτῶνας	1	two tunics	Use the same word you used for **tunic** in [5:40](../05/40.md).
-MAT	10	10	ei4d		ὁ ἐργάτης	1	a laborer	a worker
 MAT	10	10	m97h	figs-synecdoche	τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ	1	of his food	Here, **food** refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “of what he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MAT	10	11	b7ig		εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε	1	But whatever city or village you might enter into	Alternate translation: “But whenever you enter a city or village” or “But when you go into any city or village”
 MAT	10	11	p4ln		πόλιν…κώμην	1	city … village	See how you translated **city** and **village** in [9:35](../09/35.md).
@@ -830,7 +829,7 @@ MAT	10	14	m8e9		καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ
 MAT	10	14	w5py	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν	1	you … your	Here, **you** and **your** are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	10	14	z826	figs-metonymy	ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν	1	listen to your words	Here, **words** refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “listen to your message” or “listen to what you have to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	10	14	hi3i		πόλεως	1	city	You should translate **city** the same way you did in [10:11](../10/11.md).
-MAT	10	14	i5mc	translate-symaction	ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν	1	shake off the dust from your feet	This is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. Alternate translation: “shake the dust off your feet as you leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+MAT	10	14	i5mc	translate-symaction	ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν	1	shake off the dust from your feet	This action is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. Alternate translation: “shake the dust off your feet as you leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MAT	10	15	pk4f		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
 MAT	10	15	d6ib		ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται	1	it will be more tolerable	Alternate translation: “the suffering will be less”
 MAT	10	15	sg3c	figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων	1	for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah	This refers to the people who lived in **Sodom and Gomorrah**. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -850,9 +849,9 @@ MAT	10	19	qcs3	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…μὴ μεριμνήσητε…λαλήση
 MAT	10	19	qzd2		μὴ μεριμνήσητε	1	you should not be anxious about	Alternate translation: “you should not worry about”
 MAT	10	19	ien3	figs-hendiadys	πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε	1	how or what you should speak	The two ideas **how** and **what** may be combined: “what you are to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 MAT	10	19	l7rb	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε	1	for what you should say will be given to you in that hour	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for at that time, the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	10	19	cm7h	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in that hour	Here, **hour** means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	10	19	cm7h	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in that hour	Here, **in that hour** means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	10	20	yuk1	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν	1	you … your … you	All instances of **you** and **your** are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	10	20	v9tm		τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	the Spirit of your Father	If necessary, You can translate this as “the Spirit of God your heavenly Father” or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
+MAT	10	20	v9tm		τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	the Spirit of your Father	If necessary, you can translate this as “the Spirit of God your heavenly Father” or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
 MAT	10	20	k3xr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	of your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	10	20	zxd8		ἐν ὑμῖν	1	in you	Alternate translation: “through you”
 MAT	10	21	p9ms		παραδώσει δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	Brother will deliver up brother to death	Jesus speaks of something that will happen many times. Alternate translation: “But a brother will deliver up his own brother to death” or “But brothers will deliver up their brothers to death”
@@ -860,7 +859,7 @@ MAT	10	21	lh6z	figs-abstractnouns	παραδώσει…ἀδελφὸν εἰς
 MAT	10	21	p8w9	figs-ellipsis	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	a father his child	These words can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	10	21	xja9		ἐπαναστήσονται…ἐπὶ	1	will rise up against	Alternate translation: “will rebel against” or “will turn against”
 MAT	10	21	xf2d		θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1	put them to death	Alternate translation: “have them put to death” or “have the authorities execute them”
-MAT	10	22	sp6p	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by everyone	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” or “all people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	10	22	sp6p	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by everyone	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” or “all people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	10	22	va6i	figs-you	ἔσεσθε	1	you will be	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	10	22	n3xn	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	10	22	k5w9		ὁ…ὑπομείνας	1	the one who endures	Alternate translation: “whoever stays faithful”
@@ -898,7 +897,7 @@ MAT	10	28	ei7y		τὸ σῶμα	1	the body	The **body** is the part of a person
 MAT	10	28	e4de		τὴν…ψυχὴν…ἀποκτεῖναι	1	to kill the soul	This means to harm people after they have physically died.
 MAT	10	28	pk7k	grammar-connect-words-phrases	φοβεῖσθε δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν δυνάμενον	1	But instead, fear the one who is able	You can add “because” to clarify why people should **fear** God. Alternate translation: “But instead, fear God because he is able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 MAT	10	29	tm3s	writing-proverbs	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion?	Jesus states this proverb to express that even though sparrows are worth very little money, God watched over them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
-MAT	10	29	glbl	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?	1	Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion?	Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	10	29	glbl	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?	1	Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion?	Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	10	29	q22l	translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	sparrows	These **sparrows** are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	10	29	i399		ἀσσαρίου	1	for an assarion	An **assarion** refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. This is often translated as the least valuable coin available in your country. Alternate translation: “very little money”
 MAT	10	29	wxt4	figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	not one of them will fall to the ground without the knowledge of your Father	You can state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -939,7 +938,6 @@ MAT	10	41	f9pv		εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου	1	in the name of a prophet
 MAT	10	41	yj1q		μισθὸν προφήτου	1	a reward of a prophet	This refers to the **reward** that God gives the **prophet**, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
 MAT	10	41	x483		εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου	1	in the name of a righteous man	Alternate translation: “because he is a righteous man”
 MAT	10	41	qfv7		μισθὸν δικαίου	1	a reward of a righteous man	This refers to the **reward** God gives to **a righteous** person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
-MAT	10	42	wx4a			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes instructing his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
 MAT	10	42	v6jg		ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ	1	whoever might give … to drink	Alternate translation: “anyone who gives … to drink”
 MAT	10	42	z8tk		ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	to one of these little ones	The phrase **one of these** here refers to one of Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “to one of these lowly ones” or “to the least important of these”
 MAT	10	42	lza6		εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ	1	in the name of a disciple	Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple”
@@ -1057,8 +1055,7 @@ MAT	11	27	rt5b		οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει	1	no one knows	The word *
 MAT	11	27	esp4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	the Son	Jesus was referring to himself as he **Son** in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	11	27	l8xe	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	the Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	11	27	w6yq		οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς	1	no one knows the Father except the Son	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows the Father”
-MAT	11	28	q9x1			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
-MAT	11	28	x978	figs-you	πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	all you who are laboring and are heavy burdened, and I will give you rest	Both occurrences of **you** are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+MAT	11	28	x978	figs-you	πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	all you who are laboring and are heavy burdened, and I will give you rest	Here, **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	11	28	t2jj	figs-metaphor	οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι	1	who are laboring and are heavy burdened	Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were **heavy** burdens and the people were **laboring** to carry them. Alternate translation: “who are discouraged from trying so hard” or “who are discouraged from trying so hard to obey the laws perfectly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	11	28	f1w4		κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	and I will give you rest	Alternate translation: “and I will allow you to rest from your labor and burden”
 MAT	11	29	q1ya	figs-metaphor	ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Take my yoke on you	Jesus continues the metaphor. Jesus is inviting the people to become his disciples and follow him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1069,13 +1066,12 @@ MAT	11	29	i3ls	figs-synecdoche	εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς
 MAT	11	30	ynf1	figs-parallelism	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	For my yoke is easy and my burden is light	Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MAT	11	30	tc2g		τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	my burden is light	The word **light** here is the opposite of heavy, not the opposite of dark.
 MAT	12	intro	y7z6			0		# Matthew 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Sabbath<br><br>This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers and sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
-MAT	12	1	u1f2			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath.
-MAT	12	1	m2n1		ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	At that time	This phrase marks a new part of the story. Alternate translation: “A little later”
+MAT	12	1	m2n1		ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	At that time	This phrase marks a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “A little later”
 MAT	12	1	tvt9	translate-unknown	τῶν σπορίμων	1	the grainfields	A grainfield is a place to plant grain. If wheat is unknown and “grain” is too general, then you can use “fields of the plant they made bread from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	12	1	yrf8		τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	to pluck heads of grain and to eat them	Picking **grain** in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
 MAT	12	1	zz4r		τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	to pluck heads of grain and to eat them	Alternate translation: “to pick some of the wheat and to eat it” or “to pick some of the grain and to eat it”
-MAT	12	1	y5vr		στάχυας	1	heads of grain	The “head” is the topmost part of the wheat plant. It holds the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
-MAT	12	2	swl7		ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath	Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
+MAT	12	1	y5vr		στάχυας	1	heads of grain	The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant. They holds the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
+MAT	12	2	swl7		ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath	Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity **on the Sabbath**.
 MAT	12	2	mch7		οἱ…Φαρισαῖοι	1	the Pharisees	This does not mean all of **the Pharisees**. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees”
 MAT	12	2	nh12		ἰδοὺ, οἱ μαθηταί σου	1	Behold, your disciples	The Pharisees use the word **Behold** to draw attention to what the disciples are doing. Alternate translation: “Look, your disciples”
 MAT	12	3	et11		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Alternate translation: “to the Pharisees”
@@ -1089,8 +1085,7 @@ MAT	12	5	dqe9		τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν	1	profane the Sabbat
 MAT	12	5	i6y9		ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν	1	are innocent	Alternate translation: “God will not punish them” or “God does not consider them guilty”
 MAT	12	6	ji7a		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	12	6	k4mn	figs-123person	τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν	1	greater than the temple	Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple”
-MAT	12	7	rh53		ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	General Information:	In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees.
-MAT	12	7	ypj7	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent	Here Jesus quotes scripture. Alternate translation: “The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	12	7	ypj7	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent	In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	12	7	e1ju		ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	I desire mercy and not sacrifice	In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers **mercy** more important than the **sacrifice**.
 MAT	12	7	jw57		θέλω	1	I desire	The pronoun **I** refers to God.
 MAT	12	7	s23l	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	the innocent	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **innocent**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those who are not guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -1234,7 +1229,6 @@ MAT	12	46	mh5f		ἡ μήτηρ	1	his mother	This is Mary, Jesus’ human mother.
 MAT	12	46	dq8m		οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	Most people understand **his brothers** to refer to other sons born to Mary after Jesus—his younger brothers. Some people believe the word **brothers** here refers to Jesus’ cousins.
 MAT	12	46	z97j		ζητοῦντες…λαλῆσαι	1	seeking to speak	Alternate translation: “wanting to speak”
 MAT	12	47	qd32	figs-quotations	εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.	1	Someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you.”	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-MAT	12	48	q1cd			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in [12:1](../12/01.md), where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry.
 MAT	12	48	jm1y	figs-ellipsis	τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ	1	to the one speaking to him	The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: “to the one who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	12	48	e535	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Who is my mother and who are my brothers?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	12	49	gk62		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
@@ -1248,11 +1242,11 @@ MAT	13	1	vx5y		ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	On that day	These event
 MAT	13	1	cy1t		ἐξελθὼν…τῆς οἰκίας	1	having gone out of the house	It is not mentioned at whose **house** Jesus was staying.
 MAT	13	1	zjb3	figs-explicit	ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	was sitting beside the sea	It is implied that the reason he sat down was to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	13	2	d16z	figs-explicit	ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐμβάντα καθῆσθαι	1	so that, having stepped into a boat, he sat down	It is implied that Jesus got into a boat because it would make it easier to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	2	jge7	translate-unknown	πλοῖον	1	a boat	This was probably an open, wooden fishing boat with a sail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	13	2	jge7	translate-unknown	πλοῖον	1	a boat	This **boat** was probably an open, wooden fishing boat with a sail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	13	3	e99p			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.
 MAT	13	3	f5mv		καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς	1	And he spoke many things to them in parables	Alternate translation: “And Jesus told them many things in parables”
 MAT	13	3	w5p3		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Alternate translation: “to the people in the crowd”
-MAT	13	3	m97r		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	This word calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” or “Look” or “Listen”
+MAT	13	3	m97r		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word **Behold** calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” or “Look” or “Listen”
 MAT	13	3	ur64		ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν	1	a sower went out to sow	Alternate translation: “a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field”
 MAT	13	4	c6g6		καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν	1	And as he sowed	Alternate translation: “And as the farmer scattered the seed”
 MAT	13	4	v7r8		παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	beside the road	Here, **road** may refer to a path next to the field. The ground there would have been hard from people walking on it.
@@ -1270,13 +1264,12 @@ MAT	13	9	gkv1	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one ha
 MAT	13	10	p8yc			0	General Information:	Jesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
 MAT	13	11	fc5n	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” or “God has made you able to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but he has not enabled these people to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	13	11	xq2v	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given	You can state the implied information clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	11	rcd3	figs-you	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι	1	To you has been given to understand	The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+MAT	13	11	rcd3	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	To you has been given to understand	The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	13	11	ah6u	figs-metonymy	τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	13	12	j3rl		ὅστις…ἔχει	1	whoever has	Alternate translation: “whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”
 MAT	13	12	v61y	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	it will be given	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	13	12	xsr5		ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει	2	whoever does not have	Alternate translation: “whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
 MAT	13	12	bl5s	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	even what he has will be taken away from him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away even what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	13	13	hm4t			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to explain to his disciples why he teaches in parables.
 MAT	13	13	v6pb		αὐτοῖς…οὐ βλέπουσιν…οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	to them … they do not see … they do not hear	All occurrences of **them** and **they** refer to the people in the crowd.
 MAT	13	13	uk7j	figs-parallelism	ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν	1	because seeing, they do not see; and hearing, they do not hear nor understand	Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MAT	13	13	ae8k		βλέποντες	1	seeing	This could refer to: (1) them **seeing** what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” (2) their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see”
@@ -1285,9 +1278,8 @@ MAT	13	13	j4bg		ἀκούοντες	1	hearing	This could refer to: (1) them **he
 MAT	13	13	gq65	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	they do not hear	Here, **hear** represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	13	14	jz9n		καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα	1	And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And they are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
 MAT	13	14	z2es	figs-parallelism	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand; and seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive	This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MAT	13	14	a1im	figs-explicit	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand	You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	14	emu1	figs-explicit	βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive	You can make explicit what the people will **see**. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	13	15	e8r5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes quoting the prophet Isaiah.
+MAT	13	14	a1im	figs-explicit	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand	You can make explicit what the people **will hear**. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	13	14	emu1	figs-explicit	βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive	You can make explicit what the people **will see**. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	13	15	lu8u	figs-metaphor	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	For the heart of this people has become dull, and their ears heard with difficulty, and they closed their eyes, lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back, and I will heal them	In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to **see**, and to **hear**. God wants them to come to him so he will **heal** them. This is all a metaphor describing the people’s spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God’s truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	13	15	fy7m	figs-metonymy	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου	1	For the heart of this people has become dull	Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “For these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “For these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	13	15	q87m	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν	1	their ears heard with difficulty	They are not physically deaf. Here, **heard with difficulty** means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1301,7 +1293,7 @@ MAT	13	16	glp8	figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθα
 MAT	13	16	rlt3	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your … your	Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	13	16	jp32	figs-synecdoche	τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	your ears, for they hear	Here, **ears** refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you, for you hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MAT	13	16	xczh	figs-ellipsis	τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	your ears, for they hear	You can clearly explicitly the implied information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	13	17	mg58		ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	For truly I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “For I tell you the truth”
+MAT	13	17	mg58		ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	For truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “For I tell you the truth”
 MAT	13	17	bsj7	figs-you	ὑμῖν…βλέπετε…ἀκούετε	1	to you … you see … you hear	All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	13	17	e6ci	figs-explicit	ἃ βλέπετε	1	the things you see	You can state explicitly what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	13	17	q14w	figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	the things you hear	You can state explicitly what they have heard. Alternate translation: “the things you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1364,11 +1356,11 @@ MAT	13	33	r88g	translate-bvolume	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	three measu
 MAT	13	33	c35r	figs-explicit	γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	a woman mixed with three measures of flour until it all was leavened	The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	13	34	nt7u	figs-parallelism	ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	All these things Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables; and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught **the crowds** only with **parables**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MAT	13	34	n54e		ταῦτα πάντα	1	All these things	Here, **All these things** refers to what Jesus taught beginning at [13:1](../13/01.md).
-MAT	13	34	a5c7	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	If your readers would misunderstand the double negative **nothing … without**, you can express it in a positive way. Alternate translation: “everything he taught them he said in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+MAT	13	34	a5c7	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **nothing … without**, you can express it in a positive way. Alternate translation: “everything he taught them he said in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MAT	13	35	ybq5	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	what had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	13	35	p3tb		λέγοντος	1	saying	Alternate translation: “when the prophet said”
 MAT	13	35	f9gl		ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου; ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	General Information:	Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus’ teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
-MAT	13	35	n1pa	figs-idiom	ἀνοίξω…τὸ στόμα μου	1	I will open my mouth	This is an idiom that means to speak. Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	13	35	n1pa	figs-idiom	ἀνοίξω…τὸ στόμα μου	1	I will open my mouth	This is an idiom that means “to speak.” Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	13	35	yx6y	figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένα	1	what has been hidden	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “things that God has kept hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	13	35	th8t		ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God created the world”
 MAT	13	36	pq2h			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying. Jesus begins to explain to them the parable of the field that had both wheat and weeds, which he told beginning in [13:24](../13/24.md).
@@ -1441,7 +1433,7 @@ MAT	14	2	pd1b		εἶπεν	1	he said	Alternate translation: “Herod said”
 MAT	14	2	nx7x		ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	has been raised from the dead	The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again.
 MAT	14	2	vve7		διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	because of this, miraculous powers are at work in him	Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have **powers** to do mighty things.
 MAT	14	3	zgp9	figs-events		0	Connecting Statement:	Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-MAT	14	4	d3gp	figs-events		0	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
+MAT	14	3	d3gp	figs-events		0	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 MAT	14	3	h466	figs-metonymy	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison	It says that **Herod** did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: “Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	14	3	lr92	translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου	1	the wife of Philip	**Philip** was Herod’s brother. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own **wife**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MAT	14	4	n1t6	figs-quotations	ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.	1	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	This direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -1463,7 +1455,7 @@ MAT	14	11	lqb6		τῷ κορασίῳ	1	to the girl	Translate **girl** with the
 MAT	14	12	fl47		οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	Alternate translation: “the disciples of John”
 MAT	14	12	ni1q		τὸ πτῶμα	1	the corpse	Alternate translation: “the dead body”
 MAT	14	12	mq89	figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	having come, they reported it to Jesus	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	14	13	id97	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses [13-14](..\14\13.md) give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding five thousand people in verses [15-21](..\14\15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MAT	14	13	id97	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 13-14 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding five thousand people in verses [15-21](..\14\15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MAT	14	13	ds5w		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	14	13	dvq4		ἀκούσας	1	having heard this	Alternate translation: “having heard what happened to John” or “having heard the news about John”
 MAT	14	13	ia39	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	Jesus withdrew	It is implied that Jesus’ disciples went with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1488,7 +1480,7 @@ MAT	14	20	l2h8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	and were f
 MAT	14	20	p73g		ἦραν	1	they took up	Alternate translation: “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
 MAT	14	21	wv59		οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες	1	Now those eating	Alternate translation: “Now those who ate the bread and the fish”
 MAT	14	21	als7	translate-numbers	ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι	1	5,000 men	Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-MAT	14	22	yp8l			0	General Information:	Verses [22-24](..\14\22.md) give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water.
+MAT	14	22	yp8l			0	General Information:	Verses 22-24 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water.
 MAT	14	22	wt1t		καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν	1	And immediately he made	Alternate translation: “And as soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he made”
 MAT	14	23	d27u		ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης	1	Now evening having come about	Alternate translation: “Now late in the evening” or “Now when it became dark”
 MAT	14	24	vzd1		ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	was being tossed about by the waves	Alternate translation: “and the disciples could not control the boat because of the large waves”
@@ -1510,21 +1502,18 @@ MAT	14	36	x8jv		τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	of his garment	Alternate
 MAT	14	36	mw8n	figs-activepassive	διεσώθησαν	1	were healed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	15	intro	i9a5			0		# Matthew 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The “traditions of the elders”<br><br>The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Jews and Gentiles<br><br>The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	15	1	q6af	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-MAT	15	2	j1b8	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?	1	Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders?	The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	15	2	yn6l		τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	the traditions of the elders	This is not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.
+MAT	15	2	j1b8	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?	1	Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders?	The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	15	2	yn6l		τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	the traditions of the elders	These **traditions of the elders** are not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.
 MAT	15	2	gfn6	figs-explicit	οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας	1	they do not wash their hands	This washing is not only to clean hands. This refers to a ceremonial washing according to the tradition of the elders. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands properly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	15	3	ia1e	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions?	Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. Alternate translation: “And I see that you refuse to obey God’s commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	15	3	ia1e	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions?	Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And I see that you refuse to obey God’s commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	15	4	srz6			0	General Information:	In verse 4, Jesus quotes twice from Exodus to show how God expects people to treat their parents.
-MAT	15	4	cz1q			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
 MAT	15	4	qmm7		θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	let him die the death	Alternate translation: “the people must surely execute him”
-MAT	15	5	ql75	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε	1	But you say	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	15	6	b81c			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the Pharisees.
+MAT	15	5	ql75	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	But you say	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	15	6	vr6y	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	he will certainly not honor his father	The words beginning with “But you say” (verse 5) have a quotation within a quotation. If necessary you can translate them as indirect quotations. “But you teach that a person does not need to honor his parents by giving them something that may help them if the person tells his parents that he has already given it as a gift to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MAT	15	6	q3kt	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	he will certainly not honor his father	It is implied that **his father** means “his parents.” This means the religious leaders taught that a person does not need to show respect to his parents by taking care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	15	6	znt9		ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you have made void the word of God	Here, **word of God** refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”
 MAT	15	6	yq5a		διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν	1	because of your traditions	Alternate translation: “because you want to follow your traditions”
 MAT	15	7	t4fq			0	General Information:	In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.
-MAT	15	7	tn3b			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees and scribes.
 MAT	15	7	wv77		καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας	1	Well did Isaiah prophesy about you	Alternate translation: “Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”
 MAT	15	7	n4ti	figs-explicit	λέγων	1	saying	It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	15	8	qw69	figs-metonymy	ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ	1	This people honors me with their lips	Here, **lips** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1539,7 +1528,7 @@ MAT	15	13	n5ij	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευ
 MAT	15	13	j49e	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	my heavenly Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	15	13	hs4t	figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	will be uprooted	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will uproot” or “he will take out of the ground” or “he will remove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	15	14	r167		ἄφετε αὐτούς	1	Let them go!	The word **them** refers to the Pharisees.
-MAT	15	14	ai9x	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται	1	They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit	Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to guide other blind people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	15	14	ai9x	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται	1	They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit	Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	15	15	cje4			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in verses[13-14](../15/13.md).
 MAT	15	15	shg6		ἡμῖν	1	to us	Alternate translation: “to us disciples”
 MAT	15	16	al9z	figs-rquestion	ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also still without understanding?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word **you** is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1553,7 +1542,7 @@ MAT	15	20	bme7		ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν	1	to eat with unwa
 MAT	15	21	e5gv			0	General Information:	This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.
 MAT	15	21	t81u	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	Jesus withdrew	It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	15	22	x1wm		ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία…ἐξελθοῦσα	1	behold, a Canaanite woman having come out	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “Now there was a Canaanite woman who came”
-MAT	15	22	jt94		γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα, ἔκραζεν	1	a Canaanite woman having come out from that region, was crying out	The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. She was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon. Alternate translation: “a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came and cried out”
+MAT	15	22	jt94		γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα, ἔκραζεν	1	a Canaanite woman having come out from that region, was crying out	The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. This woman was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon. Alternate translation: “a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came and cried out”
 MAT	15	22	f4k2	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	Have mercy on me	This phrase implies that the woman is asking Jesus to heal her daughter. Alternate translation: “Have mercy and heal my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	15	22	xs64		Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.
 MAT	15	22	j6rt	figs-activepassive	ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	My daughter is severely demon-possessed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter terribly” or “A demon is tormenting my daughter severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1570,22 +1559,22 @@ MAT	15	27	i5tt		τὰ κυνάρια	1	the little dogs	Use words here for **dogs
 MAT	15	28	tea2	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω	1	let it be done	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	15	28	n229	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς	1	her daughter was healed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” or “her daughter became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	15	28	wwq3	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	from that hour	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at exactly the same time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	15	29	np6e	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 29-31give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MAT	15	29	np6e	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 29-31 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MAT	15	30	c8td		χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς	1	the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute	Alternate translation: “those who could not walk, those who could not see, those whose arms or legs did not function, those who could not talk”
 MAT	15	30	yf7i		ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	they laid them at his feet	Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “the crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus”
 MAT	15	31	pi52	figs-activepassive	κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς	1	the crippled made well	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the crippled become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	15	31	be52	figs-nominaladj	κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς	1	the crippled … the lame … the blind	If your readers would misunderstand these nominal adjectives, you could express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “people who were crippled … people who were lame … people who were blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MAT	15	32	z28i			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus feeding four thousand people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish.
+MAT	15	32	z28i			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus feeding 4,000 people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish.
 MAT	15	32	efc2		νήστεις…μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	hungry, lest they may faint on the way	Alternate translation: “without eating because they might faint on the way”
 MAT	15	33	uhi3	figs-rquestion	πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον?	1	From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd?	The disciples use a question to state that there is nowhere to get food for the **crowd**. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nowhere in this wilderness where we can get enough bread for such a large crowd.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	15	34	k86l	figs-ellipsis	ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια	1	Seven, and a few small fish	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Seven loaves of bread, and a few small fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	15	34	k86l	figs-ellipsis	ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια	1	Seven, and a few small fish	The understood information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Seven loaves of bread, and a few small fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	15	35	x13q		ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν	1	to recline on the ground	Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
 MAT	15	36	x7kc		ἔλαβεν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας	1	he took the seven loaves and the fish	Alternate translation: “Jesus held the seven loaves and the fish in his hands”
 MAT	15	36	dcr4		ἔκλασεν	1	he broke them	Alternate translation: “he broke the loaves”
 MAT	15	36	a9s4		ἐδίδου	1	was giving them	Alternate translation: “continued giving the bread and the fish”
 MAT	15	37	fc8g		ἦραν	1	they took away	Alternate translation: “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
 MAT	15	38	udk7		οἱ…ἐσθίοντες	1	those eating	Alternate translation: “the people who ate”
-MAT	15	38	z66m	translate-numbers	τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	4,000 men	“four thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+MAT	15	38	z66m	translate-numbers	τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	4,000 men	Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MAT	15	39	be43		τὰ ὅρια	1	the region	Alternate translation: “the area”
 MAT	15	39	m8dp	translate-names	Μαγαδάν	1	of Magadan	This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MAT	16	intro	za2k			0		# Matthew 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yeast<br><br>Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background information<br><br>Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)).
@@ -2048,52 +2037,46 @@ MAT	22	1	z8vz	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	To rebuke the religious lea
 MAT	22	1	bc6y		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Alternate translation: “to the people”
 MAT	22	2	xps3		ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md).
 MAT	22	3	wur1	figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	those who had been invited	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people the king had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	22	4	l896	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MAT	22	4	c7x4	figs-activepassive	δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	servants, saying, ‘Tell those who have been invited	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “servants, saying, ‘Tell those whom I have invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	22	4	arqx	figs-quotations	δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	servants, saying, ‘Tell those who have been invited	You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 MAT	22	4	iq6y		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
 MAT	22	4	xu4t	figs-activepassive	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	My oxen and fattened calves have been killed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	22	4	ro9h	figs-explicit	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	My oxen and fattened calves have been killed	It is implied that the animals are cooked and ready to eat. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed and cooked my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	22	4	c48a		οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ	1	My oxen and fattened calves	Alternate translation: “My best oxen and calves for eating”
-MAT	22	5	e4fl	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MAT	22	5	zu4c		οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες	1	But they, having paid no attention	Alternate translation: “But the guests the king invited, ignoring the invitation”
-MAT	22	7	la7s	figs-explicit	ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους	1	he killed those murderers	It is implied that the king’s soldiers killed the **murderers**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	22	8	u2ax	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MAT	22	7	la7s	figs-explicit	ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους	1	he killed those murderers	It is implied that it was the king’s soldiers who killed the **murderers**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	22	8	k98u	figs-activepassive	οἱ…κεκλημένοι	1	those who had been invited	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom I invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	22	9	p48s		τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν	1	the crossings of the roads	“the crossroads” or “where the main roads of the city cross.” The king is sending the servants to the place where they are most likely to find people.
+MAT	22	9	p48s		τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν	1	the crossings of the roads	The king is sending the servants to the place where they are most likely to find people. Alternate translation: “the crossroads” or “where the main roads of the city cross”
 MAT	22	10	uva7		πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς	1	both evil and good	Alternate translation: “both the good people and the bad people”
 MAT	22	10	c6ph	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων	1	and the wedding hall was filled with those reclining at table	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “So the guests filled the wedding hall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	22	10	fy3a		ὁ γάμος	1	the wedding hall	a large room
-MAT	22	11	s8ga	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-MAT	22	12	c7iy	figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου?	1	how did you come in here, not having wedding clothes?	The king uses a question to scold the guest. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	22	10	fy3a		ὁ γάμος	1	the wedding hall	A **wedding hall** was a large room where weddings were performed.
+MAT	22	12	c7iy	figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου?	1	how did you come in here, not having wedding clothes?	The king uses a question to scold the guest. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	22	12	w7vb		ὁ…ἐφιμώθη	1	he was speechless	Alternate translation: “the man was silent”
-MAT	22	13	wt88			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his parable about a marriage feast.
 MAT	22	13	jmp4		δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας	1	Having bound him foot and hand	Alternate translation: “After you have tied him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet”
 MAT	22	13	rpy8	figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	the outer darkness	Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	22	13	s9ge	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	the weeping and the grinding of teeth	Here, **the grinding of teeth** is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MAT	22	14	hy3a	figs-activepassive	πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί	1	For many are called, but few are chosen	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	22	14	yz5f		γάρ	1	For	This marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
+MAT	22	14	yz5f		γάρ	1	For	Here, **For** marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
 MAT	22	15	y826			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions. Here the Pharisees ask him about paying taxes to Caesar.
 MAT	22	15	u2mj		ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ	1	how they might entrap him in his words	Alternate translation: “how they could cause Jesus to say something wrong so they could arrest him”
 MAT	22	16	eae4	figs-explicit	τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν…τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	their disciples … the Herodians	The **disciples** of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The **Herodians** supported paying taxes to the Roman authorities. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	22	16	rf66	translate-names	Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	Herodians	These were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MAT	22	16	t2qa		οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	1	for you do not look at the face of men	Alternate translation: “you do not show special honor to anyone” or “you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else”
+MAT	22	16	rf66	translate-names	Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	Herodians	The **Herodians** were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+MAT	22	16	t2qa		οὐ…βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	2	for you do not look at the face of men	Alternate translation: “you do not show special honor to anyone” or “you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else”
 MAT	22	17	a9by	figs-explicit	δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι	1	to give a poll tax to Caesar	People did not pay taxes directly to **Caesar** but to one of his **tax** collectors. Alternate translation: “to pay the taxes that Caesar requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	22	18	a2ti	figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί?	1	Why are you testing me, you hypocrites?	Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. Alternate translation: “Do not test me, you hypocrites!” or “I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	22	19	cie7	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	This was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+MAT	22	18	a2ti	figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί?	1	Why are you testing me, you hypocrites?	Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not test me, you hypocrites!” or “I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	22	19	cie7	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	The **denarius** was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 MAT	22	20	ue7j		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	Here, **them** refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
-MAT	22	20	dr3d	figs-rquestion	τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή?	1	Whose image and name inscription is this?	Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	22	20	dr3d	figs-rquestion	τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή?	1	Whose image and name inscription is this?	Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	22	21	yd84	figs-ellipsis	Καίσαρος	1	Caesar’s	You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: “The coin has Caesar’s image and name on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	22	21	i6g5		τὰ Καίσαρος	1	the things of Caesar	Alternate translation: “the things that belong to Caesar”
 MAT	22	21	l3dh		τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the things of God’s	Alternate translation: “the things that belong to God”
 MAT	22	23	wqg2			0	Connecting Statement:	The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
-MAT	22	24	xl5f	figs-quotesinquotes	Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ	1	Teacher, Moses said, ‘If someone may have died	The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what **Moses** had written in the scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, you could state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+MAT	22	24	xl5f	figs-quotesinquotes	Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ	1	Teacher, Moses said, ‘If someone may have died	The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what **Moses** had written in the Scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, you could state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MAT	22	24	u7dm		ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ…τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	his brother … his wife … for his brother	Here, **his** refers to the dead man.
-MAT	22	25	kjf5			0	Connecting Statement:	The Sadducees continue asking Jesus a question.
-MAT	22	25	ag5z	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	“the oldest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-MAT	22	26	r6bq	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος…τῶν ἑπτά	1	the second … the third … the seventh	“the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother … that brother’s oldest younger brother … the youngest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+MAT	22	25	ag5z	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Alternate translation: “the oldest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+MAT	22	26	r6bq	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος…τῶν ἑπτά	1	the second … the third … the seventh	Alternate translation: “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother … that brother’s oldest younger brother … the youngest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MAT	22	27	t7md		ὕστερον…πάντων	1	last of all	Alternate translation: “after every brother had died”
-MAT	22	28	wbd1		οὖν	1	Therefore	Here the Sadducees shift from the story about the seven brothers to their actual question.
+MAT	22	28	wbd1		οὖν	1	Therefore	The Sadducees use the word **Therefore** to shift from the story about the seven brothers to their actual question.
 MAT	22	28	s743		ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	Alternate translation: “when dead people come back to life”
 MAT	22	29	p1ae	figs-explicit	πλανᾶσθε	1	You have been led astray	It is implied that Jesus means that they are mistaken about what they think about the resurrection. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken about the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	22	29	xkvg	figs-activepassive	πλανᾶσθε	1	You have been led astray	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2102,55 +2085,51 @@ MAT	22	30	ygr1		ἐν…τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	Alternat
 MAT	22	30	uaj9		οὔτε γαμοῦσιν	1	they neither marry	Alternate translation: “people do not marry”
 MAT	22	30	qkv1	figs-activepassive	οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	nor are given in marriage	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “nor will people give their children in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	22	31	nx66			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.
-MAT	22	31	b9sy	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος	1	have you not read what was spoken to you by God, saying	This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	22	31	b9sy	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος	1	have you not read what was spoken to you by God, saying	This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	22	31	ljj7	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	what was spoken to you by God	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	22	32	zb7a			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 31.
-MAT	22	32	qcq3	figs-rquestion	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ?	1	I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’?	This is the end of the question that begins with the words **have you not read** in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what … Jacob.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	22	32	qcq3	figs-rquestion	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ?	1	I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’?	This is the end of the question that begins with the words **have you not read** in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what God meant when he said he was the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	22	32	zwbp	figs-quotations	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ?	1	I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’?	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-MAT	22	32	t7lv	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	of the dead, but of the living	You can state these nominal adjectives as adjectives. Alternate translation: “of dead people, but he is the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	22	32	t7lv	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	of the dead, but of the living	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **dead** and **living**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “of dead people, but he is the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MAT	22	34	jnd7			0	Connecting Statement:	A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
-MAT	22	35	ud5r		νομικὸς	1	a lawyer	“an expert in the law.” This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses.
-MAT	22	37	vng8			0	General Information:	Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.
+MAT	22	35	ud5r		νομικὸς	1	a lawyer	This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “an expert in the law”
+MAT	22	37	vng8		ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	General Information:	Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.
 MAT	22	37	xl3e	figs-doublet	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your mind	These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 MAT	22	37	g0mt	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your mind	Here, **heart** and **soul** are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	22	38	q8j3	figs-doublet	ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή	1	the great and first commandment	Here, **great** and **first** mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important commandment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-MAT	22	39	xk1k			0	General Information:	Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.
+MAT	22	38	q8j3	figs-doublet	ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή	1	the great and first commandment	Here, **great** and **first** mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important **commandment**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+MAT	22	39	xk1k		ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1	General Information:	Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.
 MAT	22	39	yx7v		τὸν πλησίον σου	1	your neighbor	Here, **neighbor** means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must **love** all people.
-MAT	22	40	wpr8	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	On these two commandments hang the whole law and the prophets	Here the phrase **the whole law and the prophets** refers to all of scripture. Alternate translation: “Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	22	40	wpr8	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	On these two commandments hang the whole law and the prophets	Here the phrase **the whole law and the prophets** refers to all of Scripture. Alternate translation: “Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	22	41	r9ca			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus asks the Pharisees a difficult question in order to stop their attempts to trap him.
-MAT	22	41	pj4a		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
+MAT	22	41	pj4a		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
 MAT	22	42	xlf8		υἱός	1	son	Here, **son** means “descendant.”
 MAT	22	42	xhwj	figs-ellipsis	τοῦ Δαυείδ	1	Of David	In this reply, it is understood that they are saying whose son the Christ will be. Alternate translation: “He is the son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	22	43	dpp5			0	General Information:	Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just “the son of David.”
-MAT	22	43	cu3h	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν	1	How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord, saying	Jesus begins to ask a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. The question continues into the next verse. Alternate translation: “Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	22	43	yu5m		Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι	1	David in the Spirit	“David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring.” This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says.
+MAT	22	43	dpp5			0	General Information:	In verses 43-44, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just “the son of David.”
+MAT	22	43	cu3h	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν	1	How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord, saying	Jesus begins to ask a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. The question continues into the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	22	43	yu5m		Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι	1	David in the Spirit	This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says. Alternate translation: “David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring”
 MAT	22	43	dn9y		καλεῖ…αὐτὸν	1	does … call him	Here, **him** refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
 MAT	22	44	wy85		εἶπεν Κύριος	1	The Lord said	Here, **Lord** refers to God the Father.
 MAT	22	44	k3f7		τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	to my Lord	Here, **Lord** refers to the Christ. Also, **my** refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David, because he is David’s “Lord.”
 MAT	22	44	dz2a	translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right hand	To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MAT	22	44	e59n	figs-idiom	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I put your enemies under your feet	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies” or “until I make your enemies bow down before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	22	45	l962			0	General Information:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in [19:1](../19/01.md), that tells of Jesus ministering in Judea.
-MAT	22	45	e2wd			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions.
-MAT	22	45	d8gl	figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	If David therefore calls him ‘Lord,’ how is he his son?	Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	22	45	d8gl	figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	If David therefore calls him ‘Lord,’ how is he his son?	Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	22	45	x9uh		εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον,	1	If David therefore calls him ‘Lord,’	**David** referred to Jesus as **Lord** because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.
 MAT	22	46	n3hw	figs-metonymy	ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον	1	to answer him a word	Here, **word** refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	22	46	c1f2	figs-explicit	ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι	1	to question him any longer	It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	23	intro	m99i			0		# Matthew 23 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hypocrites<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Name calling<br><br>In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).
-MAT	23	1	skq4			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
+MAT	23	1	skq4			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that continues to [25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
 MAT	23	2	dnu3	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν	1	sit in Moses’ seat	Here, **seat** represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	23	3	q336		πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε	1	Therefore whatever … do and observe these things	Alternate translation: “all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it”
+MAT	23	3	q336		πάντα…ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε	1	Therefore whatever … do and observe these things	Alternate translation: “all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it”
 MAT	23	4	xce6	figs-metaphor	δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά	1	They tie up heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry themThey tie up loads that are heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves are not willing to lift their finger to move them	Here, **bind heavy burdens … put them on people’s shoulders** is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow, but they do not lift a finger to help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	23	4	xtr1	figs-idiom	δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά	1	And they tie up loads, heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on the shoulders of men, but they themselves are not willing with their finger to move them	Here, **will not move a finger** is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	23	5	nw4y	figs-activepassive	πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	They do all their deeds to be seen by people	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	23	5	ln6j	figs-explicit	πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	For they make their phylacteries wide, and they enlarge the edges of their garments	Both of these are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	23	5	gcv7		φυλακτήρια	1	phylacteries	small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it
+MAT	23	5	ln6j	figs-explicit	πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	For they make their phylacteries wide, and they enlarge the edges of their garments	Both of these actions are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	23	5	gcv7		φυλακτήρια	1	phylacteries	The **phylacteries** were small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it.
 MAT	23	5	h2qj		μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	they enlarge the edges of their garments	The Pharisees made the tassels on the bottom of their robes especially long to show their devotion to God.
-MAT	23	6	i6ec			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the crowds and disciples about the Pharisees.
-MAT	23	6	arf1		τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν…τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας	1	the chief places … the chief seats	Both of these are the places where the most important people sit.
-MAT	23	7	cp2m		ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	the marketplaces	large, open-air areas where people buy and sell items
+MAT	23	6	arf1		τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν…τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας	1	the chief places … the chief seats	Both of these places are the places where the most important people sit.
+MAT	23	7	cp2m		ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	the marketplaces	The **marketplace** was a large, open-air area where people bought and sold items.
 MAT	23	7	cbe8	figs-activepassive	καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί	1	to be called ‘Rabbi’ by people.	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	23	8	uk5v	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε	1	But you must not be called	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But you must not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	23	8	ru2b	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	you	All occurrences of “you” are plural and refer to all of Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+MAT	23	8	ru2b	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμεῖς	1	you	All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural and refer to all of Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	23	8	s5du		ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε	1	you are brothers	Here, **brothers** means “fellow believers.”
 MAT	23	9	l33f	figs-hyperbole	Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς;	1	you should not call any of you on the earth ‘father,’	Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: “do not call any man on earth your father” or “do not say that any man on earth is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MAT	23	9	any8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος	1	heavenly Father	**Father** here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2164,7 +2143,7 @@ MAT	23	12	uz88	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	If you
 MAT	23	13	ts6z	figs-metaphor		0	General Information:	Jesus speaks of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If you do not keep the metaphor of the house, be sure to change all instances of “shut” and “enter.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	23	13	qjt2	figs-metonymy		0	General Information:	The words **kingdom of the heavens**, which refer to God, who lives in heaven, occur only in Matthew, try to use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	23	13	aw49			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
-MAT	23	13	i9dq		οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν	1	But woe to you	“But how terrible it will be for you!” See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md).
+MAT	23	13	i9dq		οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν	1	But woe to you	See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “But how terrible it will be for you”
 MAT	23	13	j4sd	figs-metonymy	κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν	1	you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. For you do not enter in, nor do you permit those entering to enter	The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling over his people. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king, but you do not accept him as king, and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	23	13	xtjf	figs-metaphor	κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν	1	you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. For you do not enter in, nor do you permit those entering to enter	Jesus is speaking of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven, but you do not enter it, and neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	23	15	e4a8	figs-idiom	περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν	1	you go over the sea and the dry land	This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: “you travel great distances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2175,38 +2154,38 @@ MAT	23	16	r5k3	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ	1	you blind guides	The
 MAT	23	16	qgh8		ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	by the temple, it is nothing	Alternate translation: “by the temple does not have to keep his oath”
 MAT	23	16	lni3		ὀφείλει	1	he is obligated	Alternate translation: “he is obligated by his oath”
 MAT	23	17	s7a8	figs-metaphor	μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί!	1	You fools and blind men!	The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	23	17	f9zd	figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν?	1	For which is greater, the gold or the temple that has made the gold holy?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the **gold** as if it were more important than the **temple**. Alternate translation: “The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	23	17	f9zd	figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν?	1	For which is greater, the gold or the temple that has made the gold holy?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the **gold** as if it were more important than the **temple**. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	23	17	j6d5		ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν	1	the temple that has made the gold holy	Alternate translation: “the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone”
-MAT	23	18	lr61	figs-ellipsis	καί	1	And	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “And you also say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	23	18	lr61	figs-ellipsis	καί	1	And	You can make the understood information explicit. Alternate translation: “And you also say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	23	18	d331		οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	it is nothing	Alternate translation: “He does not have to do what he has sworn to do” or “He does not have to keep his oath”
-MAT	23	18	ngd2		τῷ δώρῳ	1	the gift	This is an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God’s altar.
+MAT	23	18	ngd2		τῷ δώρῳ	1	the gift	This **gift** was an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God’s altar.
 MAT	23	18	zg72		ὀφείλει	1	he is obligated	Alternate translation: “he is obligated by his oath”
 MAT	23	19	y6hk	figs-metaphor	τυφλοί	1	blind men	The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	23	19	g7qr	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον?	1	For which is greater, the gift or the altar that makes the gift holy?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the **gift** as if it were more important than the **altar**. Alternate translation: “The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	23	19	g7qr	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον?	1	For which is greater, the gift or the altar that makes the gift holy?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the **gift** as if it were more important than the **altar**. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	23	19	gt4d		τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον	1	the altar that makes the gift holy	Alternate translation: “the altar that makes the gift special to God”
 MAT	23	20	x4q4		ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	by everything that is on it	Alternate translation: “by all the gifts that people have placed on it”
-MAT	23	21	m21b		τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν	1	the one inhabiting it	God the Father
-MAT	23	22	ejw9		τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	the one sitting on it	God the Father
-MAT	23	23	lg3r		οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί!	1	Woe to you … hypocrites!	“How terrible it will be for you … hypocrites!” See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md).
+MAT	23	21	m21b		τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν	1	the one inhabiting it	This refers to God the Father.
+MAT	23	22	ejw9		τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	the one sitting on it	As in the previous verse, this refers to God the Father.
+MAT	23	23	lg3r		οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί!	1	Woe to you … hypocrites!	See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you”
 MAT	23	23	n94y	translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον	1	the mint and the dill and the cumin	These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	23	23	hga6		ἀφήκατε	1	you have neglected	Alternate translation: “you have not obeyed”
 MAT	23	23	c8bb		τὰ βαρύτερα	1	the weightier matters	Alternate translation: “the more important matters”
 MAT	23	23	m32j		ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι	1	But it was necessary to do these	Alternate translation: “But you ought to have obeyed these more important laws”
-MAT	23	23	nn6q	figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι	1	and not to neglect those	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+MAT	23	23	nn6q	figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι	1	and not to neglect those	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … neglect**, you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MAT	23	24	y84y	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί!	1	You blind guides	Jesus uses this metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. See how you translated this metaphor in [15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	23	24	l7fh	figs-metaphor	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!	1	you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel!	Being careful to follow the less important laws and ignoring the more important laws is as foolish as being careful not to swallow the smallest unclean animal but eating the meat of the largest unclean animal. Alternate translation: “you are as foolish as a person who strains out a gnat that falls into his drink but swallows a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	23	24	g87t	figs-hyperbole	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες	1	you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel	Jesus understands that it is impossible for a man to swallow a **camel**. He is exaggerating in order to emphasize how foolish the scribes and Pharisees are to ignore the most important laws. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MAT	23	24	xgoa	figs-hyperbole	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!	1	you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel!	It is not possible for a person to swallow a camel. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize how the Pharisees and scribes are ignoring thing that should be obvious to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MAT	23	24	sn3z		οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα	1	you who are straining out the gnat	This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a **gnat** from a drink.
-MAT	23	24	whk2		κώνωπα	1	gnat	a small flying insect
-MAT	23	25	ns27		οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί!	1	Woe to you … hypocrites!	“How terrible it will be for you … hypocrites!” See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md).
+MAT	23	24	whk2		κώνωπα	1	gnat	A **gnat** is a small flying insect.
+MAT	23	25	ns27		οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί!	1	Woe to you … hypocrites!	See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you”
 MAT	23	25	ru45	figs-metaphor	ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence	This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the **outside** to others, but on the **inside** they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	23	25	tz8h		γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	they are full of greed and self-indulgence	Alternate translation: “they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self”
 MAT	23	26	lb5j	figs-metaphor	Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ!	1	You blind Pharisee!	The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	23	26	f9p8	figs-metaphor	καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν	1	Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside of it may become clean also	This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the **outside** as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	23	27	kry1	figs-simile	παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις…ἀκαθαρσίας	1	you are like whitewashed tombs … uncleanness	This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-MAT	23	27	ta1f	figs-explicit	τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις	1	whitewashed tombs	“tombs that someone has painted white.” The Jews would paint **tombs** white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	23	29	tse6	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δικαίων	1	of the righteous	You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	23	27	ta1f	figs-explicit	τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις	1	whitewashed tombs	The Jews would paint **tombs** white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. Alternate translation: “tombs that someone has painted white” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	23	29	tse6	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δικαίων	1	of the righteous	If your language does not use the nominal adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MAT	23	30	kkf2		ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	in the days of our fathers	Alternate translation: “during the time of our forefathers”
 MAT	23	30	nq82		οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν	1	we would not have been partners with them	Alternate translation: “we would not have joined with them”
 MAT	23	30	x99m	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν	1	in the blood of the prophets	Here, **blood** is associated with the killing of the prophets. Alternate translation: “in the killing of the prophets” or “in the murder of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2215,8 +2194,7 @@ MAT	23	32	bpz8	figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέ
 MAT	23	33	va5c	figs-doublet	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You serpents, you offspring of vipers	Here, **serpents** and **vipers** both refer to poisonous snakes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 MAT	23	33	cfj3	figs-metaphor	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You serpents, you offspring of vipers	Here, **serpents** and **vipers** are dangerous creatures and often symbols of evil. Alternate translation: “You are as evil as dangerous and poisonous snakes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	23	33	blv6		γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	you offspring of vipers	Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [3:7](../03/07.md).
-MAT	23	33	vi6c	figs-rquestion	πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης?	1	how might you escape from the judgment of hell?	Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. Alternate translation: “there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	23	34	an97			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
+MAT	23	33	vi6c	figs-rquestion	πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης?	1	how might you escape from the judgment of hell?	Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	23	34	rq8c		ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς	1	I am sending to you prophets and wise men and scribes	Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: “I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you”
 MAT	23	35	l7ya	figs-idiom	ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	might come upon you all the righteous blood being shed on the earth	The phrase **come upon you** is an idiom that means to receive punishment. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for all the righteous blood being shed on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	23	35	h5n7	figs-metonymy	ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	might come upon you all the righteous blood being shed on the earth	To shed **blood** is a metonym meaning to kill people, so “righteous blood that being shed on the earth” represents **righteous** people who are being killed. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2224,23 +2202,23 @@ MAT	23	35	b3a7	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος…ἕως τοῦ
 MAT	23	35	z95g	figs-merism	Ἂβελ…Ζαχαρίου	1	of … Abel … of Zechariah	**Abel** was the first righteous victim of murder, and **Zechariah**, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 MAT	23	35	cbq9		Ζαχαρίου	1	of Zechariah	This **Zechariah** was not the father of John the Baptist.
 MAT	23	35	s11l		ὃν ἐφονεύσατε	1	whom you killed	Jesus does not mean the people to whom he is speaking actually **killed** Zechariah. He means their ancestors did.
-MAT	23	36	ut4l		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
+MAT	23	36	ut4l		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
 MAT	23	37	w23t			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus mourns over the people of Jerusalem because they reject every messenger that God sends to them.
 MAT	23	37	vne9	figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem, Jerusalem	Jesus speaks as if he were talking only to the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 MAT	23	37	xuj1	figs-metonymy	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem, Jerusalem	Jesus speaks to the people of Jerusalem as though they were the city itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	23	37	tz4r	figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	those who have been sent to you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God sends to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	23	37	t9y7	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου	1	your children	Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem as if it is a woman and the people are her **children**. Alternate translation: “your people” or “your inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	23	37	xv4t	figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	just as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings	This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus’ love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-MAT	23	37	as8p	translate-unknown	ὄρνις	1	a hen	a female chicken. You can translate with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	23	37	as8p	translate-unknown	ὄρνις	1	a hen	A **hen** is a female chicken. You can translate this with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	23	38	r6ss		ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος	1	your house is left to you desolate	Alternate translation: “God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
 MAT	23	38	ck2z	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house	This could refer to: (1) the city of Jerusalem. (2) the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	23	39	i14n		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
+MAT	23	39	i14n		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	23	39	ig61	figs-metonymy	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου!	1	Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord!	Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	24	intro	h2a2			0		# Matthew 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The end of the age”<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### The example of Noah<br><br>In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let”<br><br>The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
 MAT	24	1	dh7u			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.
 MAT	24	1	ke79	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	from the temple	It is implied that Jesus was not in the **temple** itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	24	2	mh5y	figs-rquestion	οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα?	1	Do you not see all these things?	Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you something about all these buildings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	24	2	fnv8		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
+MAT	24	2	mh5y	figs-rquestion	οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα?	1	Do you not see all these things?	Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you something about all these buildings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	24	2	fnv8		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
 MAT	24	2	l45q	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	certainly stone upon stone may not be left here, that will not be torn down	It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	24	2	ecdz	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	certainly stone upon stone may not be left here, that will not be torn down	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the enemy soldiers come, they will tear down every stone in these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	24	3	e1is	figs-explicit	τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος?	1	what will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?	Here, **your coming** refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this **age** to an end. Alternate translation: “what will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2250,13 +2228,13 @@ MAT	24	5	twh8	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	will lead m
 MAT	24	6	hdz3	figs-activepassive	ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε	1	See that you are not troubled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	24	7	ygf2	figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom	Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MAT	24	7	xuow	figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom,	Here, **nation** and **kingdom** represent the people within them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	24	8	q4gl	figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων	1	are the beginning of birth pains	This refers to the **pains** a woman feels before giving **birth** to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the **beginning** of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	24	8	q4gl	figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων	1	are the beginning of birth pains	Here, **birth pains** refers to the **pains** a woman feels before giving **birth** to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the **beginning** of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	24	9	u5e6		παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς	1	they will deliver you up to tribulation and will kill you	Alternate translation: “people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you.”
 MAT	24	9	uw1i	figs-metonymy	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	you will be hated by all the nations	Here, **nations** is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	24	9	nsh3	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	you will be hated by all the nations	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	24	9	u2bd	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	for the sake of my name	Here, **name** refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	24	11	mi2e	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσονται	1	will be raised up	Here, **be raised up** is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	24	11	tjb3	figs-metaphor	καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς	1	and will lead many astray	Here, **lead … astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	24	11	tjb3	figs-metaphor	καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς	1	and will lead many astray	Here, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	24	12	w4af	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	lawlessness will be increased	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lawlessness**, you can express it with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	24	12	bu9b	figs-idiom	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	the love of many will grow cold	This could mean: (1) many people will no longer love other people. (2) many people will no longer love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	24	13	v3ex	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who has endured to the end, he will be saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2274,9 +2252,8 @@ MAT	24	19	f533		ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those day
 MAT	24	20	u4jb		ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν	1	so that your flight may not occur	Alternate translation: “so that you will not have to flee” or “so that you will not have to run away”
 MAT	24	20	m6mx		χειμῶνος	1	in winter	Alternate translation: “in the cold season”
 MAT	24	22	vd3z	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	unless those days had been shortened, no flesh would have been saved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If God does not shorten that time of suffering, everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-MAT	24	22	r9qw	figs-synecdoche	σάρξ	1	flesh	“people.” Here, “flesh” is poetic way of referring to human beings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MAT	24	22	r9qw	figs-synecdoche	σάρξ	1	flesh	Here, “flesh” is poetic way of referring to human beings. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MAT	24	22	p6m8	figs-activepassive	κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	1	those days will be shortened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shorten the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	24	23	avv5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
 MAT	24	23	avm2		μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	you may not believe it	Alternate translation: “do not believe the false things they have said to you”
 MAT	24	24	n744	figs-metaphor	ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect	Here, **lead astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. You can translate this as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	24	26	fmx1	figs-quotations	ἐὰν…εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε	1	if they might say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness,’ you may not go out there	You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -2285,7 +2262,7 @@ MAT	24	26	n2pt		ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	he is in the inner rooms	Alte
 MAT	24	27	j1w1	figs-simile	ὥσπερ…ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία	1	just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west, in the same way will be the coming	This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MAT	24	27	za8b	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	24	28	mu35	writing-proverbs	ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered	This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come. (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
-MAT	24	28	ivl8		οἱ ἀετοί	1	the vultures	birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying creatures
+MAT	24	28	ivl8		οἱ ἀετοί	1	the vultures	A **vulture** is a large bird that eats the bodies of dead or dying creatures.
 MAT	24	29	zmm6		εὐθέως…μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος	1	immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun	Alternate translation: “as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”
 MAT	24	29	l15m		τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων	1	the tribulation of those days	Alternate translation: “that time of suffering”
 MAT	24	29	zuk4	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	the sun will be darkened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2295,12 +2272,12 @@ MAT	24	30	tld8	figs-metonymy	πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ	1	all the tribes	Here
 MAT	24	31	fl54		ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης	1	he will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet	Alternate translation: “he will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels” or “he will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
 MAT	24	31	rlb4	figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ…αὐτοῦ	1	he will send his	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	24	31	wi28		ἐπισυνάξουσιν	1	they will gather together	Alternate translation: “his angels will gather up”
-MAT	24	31	iq8c		τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	his elect	These are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
+MAT	24	31	iq8c		τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	his elect	The **elect** are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
 MAT	24	31	ibw7	figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	from the four winds, from the ends of the sky as far as the ends of it	Both of these mean the same thing, and emphasize how far the angels will go to gather the elect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MAT	24	31	wp9t	figs-idiom	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	from the four winds, from the ends of the sky as far as the ends of it	These phrases are idioms that mean “from everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	24	33	cu5a	figs-123person	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	he is near	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “the time for me to come is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	24	33	cfz8	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	at the gates	“close to the gates.” Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	24	34	j8np		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
+MAT	24	33	cfz8	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	at the gates	Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. Alternate translation: “close to the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	24	34	j8np		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
 MAT	24	34	gld5	figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation may certainly not pass away	Here, **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MAT	24	34	y73t		ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	This could refer to: (1) the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) all people alive when these things Jesus has just described happen. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
 MAT	24	34	fb4k		ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται	1	until all these things may have happened	Alternate translation: “until God causes all these things to happen”
@@ -2309,14 +2286,14 @@ MAT	24	35	i8vv	figs-synecdoche	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελ
 MAT	24	35	e6bf	figs-metonymy	οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν	1	my words words may certainly not pass away	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	24	36	q4pj	figs-metonymy	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας	1	that day and hour	Here, **day** and **hour** refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	24	36	wq5r		οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός	1	nor the Son	Alternate translation: “not even the Son”
-MAT	24	36	p5vu	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱός	1	Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MAT	24	36	f4s2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	24	36	p5vu	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱός	1	Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	24	36	f4s2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	24	37	hf51		ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	For just as the days of Noah were, thus will be the coming of the Son of Man	Alternate translation: “For at the time when the Son of Man comes, it will be like the time of Noah.”
 MAT	24	37	cpn8	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	24	39	ffa6		καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	and they did not know	You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people did not realize anything was happening”
 MAT	24	39	ah5v		ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	took them all away—thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man	You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “too them all away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
 MAT	24	40	ksk6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
-MAT	24	40	hth3		τότε	1	Then	This is when the Son of Man comes.
+MAT	24	40	hth3		τότε	1	Then	This refers to the time when the Son of Man comes.
 MAT	24	40	gt4l	figs-activepassive	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	one is taken, and one is left	This could mean: (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment. (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	24	42	j83i		οὖν	1	Therefore	Alternate translation: “Because what I have just said is true,”
 MAT	24	42	s6ir		γρηγορεῖτε	1	be alert	Alternate translation: “pay attention”
@@ -2325,11 +2302,9 @@ MAT	24	43	ki5s	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1	the thief	Jesus is saying he w
 MAT	24	43	zs23		ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν	1	he would have been alert	Alternate translation: “he would have guarded his house”
 MAT	24	43	lg7i	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	would not have allowed his house to be broken into	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	24	44	gd17	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	24	45	jua3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return.
-MAT	24	45	f92d	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ?	1	Who then is the faithful and wise slave whom his master has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time?	Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. Alternate translation: “So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” or “Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	24	45	f92d	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ?	1	Who then is the faithful and wise slave whom his master has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time?	Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” or “Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	24	45	lf8d		τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν	1	to give them their food	Alternate translation: “to give the people in the master’s home their food”
-MAT	24	47	lin7		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
-MAT	24	48	ek9x	writing-proverbs		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+MAT	24	47	lin7		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
 MAT	24	48	f9ft	figs-metonymy	εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	might say in his heart	Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “might think in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	24	48	per6	figs-activepassive	χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος	1	My master is delaying	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My master is slow to return” or “My master will not return for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	24	50	bz5k	figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -2342,22 +2317,20 @@ MAT	25	1	pg5i	figs-metonymy	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶ
 MAT	25	1	uhj1		λαμπάδας	1	lamps	This could could refer to: (1) oil **lamps**. (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
 MAT	25	2	c8nf		πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	five of them	Alternate translation: “five of the virgins”
 MAT	25	3	b37a		οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον	1	did not take oil with themselves	Alternate translation: “took with them only the oil in their lamps”
-MAT	25	5	r458		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
+MAT	25	5	r458		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	25	5	pvh4	figs-activepassive	χρονίζοντος…τοῦ νυμφίου	1	while the bridegroom was delaying	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	25	5	qf4b		ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι	1	they all became sleepy	Alternate translation: “all ten virgins became sleepy”
 MAT	25	6	ufp2		κραυγὴ γέγονεν	1	there was a cry	Alternate translation: “someone shouted”
-MAT	25	7	a3mz	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MAT	25	7	ni6u		ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν	1	trimmed their lamps	Alternate translation: “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly”
-MAT	25	8	tsh4	figs-nominaladj	αἱ…μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον	1	the foolish said to the wise	You can state these nominal adjectives as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the foolish virgins said to the wise virgins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	25	8	tsh4	figs-nominaladj	αἱ…μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον	1	the foolish said to the wise	If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **foolish** and **wise**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the foolish virgins said to the wise virgins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MAT	25	8	i1r7	figs-idiom	αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται	1	our lamps are going out	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	25	10	q6q9	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes the parable about the ten virgins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MAT	25	10	rfh6		ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν	1	But while they were going away	Alternate translation: “But while the five foolish virgins went away”
-MAT	25	10	jej8	figs-ellipsis	ἀγοράσαι	1	to buy	You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	25	10	t229		αἱ ἕτοιμοι	1	the prepared	These are the virgins who had extra oil.
+MAT	25	10	jej8	figs-ellipsis	ἀγοράσαι	1	to buy	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	25	10	t229		αἱ ἕτοιμοι	1	the prepared	This phrase refers to the virgins who had extra oil.
 MAT	25	10	g29i	figs-activepassive	ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα	1	the door was shut	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	25	11	e5pz	figs-explicit	ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	open for us	You can state this implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	25	12	z5u1		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what the master says next.
-MAT	25	12	h4a8		οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς	1	I do not know you	“I do not know who you are.” This is the end of the parable.
+MAT	25	12	z5u1		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This adds emphasis to what the master says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
+MAT	25	12	h4a8		οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς	1	I do not know you	Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are”
 MAT	25	13	hn7w	figs-metonymy	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	you do not know the day nor the hour	Here, **day** and **hour** refer to an exact time. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	25	13	xfdj	figs-explicit	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	you do not know the day nor the hour	You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	25	14	cn21	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
@@ -2365,36 +2338,30 @@ MAT	25	14	zqi2		ὥσπερ	1	it is like	The word **it** here refers to the king
 MAT	25	14	wv71		ἀποδημῶν	1	going to another country	Alternate translation: “was ready to go to another country” or “was to go soon to another country”
 MAT	25	14	vhw1		παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	handed over to them his possessions	Alternate translation: “put them in charge of his wealth”
 MAT	25	14	fmb3		τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	his possessions	Alternate translation: “his property” or “his wealth”
-MAT	25	15	i81u	translate-bmoney	πέντε τάλαντα	1	five talents	“five talents of gold.” Avoid translating this into modern money. A **talent** of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+MAT	25	15	i81u	translate-bmoney	πέντε τάλαντα	1	five talents	Avoid translating this into modern money. A **talent** of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 MAT	25	15	vyj2	figs-ellipsis	ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν	1	and to one, two, and to one, one	The word **talents** is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and to another he gave two talents of gold, and to another he gave one talent of gold” or “and to another he gave two bags of gold, and to another he gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	25	15	d87u	figs-explicit	κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν	1	according to his own ability	You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to each servant’s skill in managing wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	25	16	qkr2		ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα	1	gained another five talents	Alternate translation: “out of his investments, he earned another five talents”
-MAT	25	17	m2l8	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MAT	25	17	u4vs		ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο	1	gained another two	Alternate translation: “earned another two talents”
-MAT	25	19	ik5q	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-MAT	25	19	vc9p		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
+MAT	25	19	vc9p		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	25	20	adz4		πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	I gained five talents	Alternate translation: “I have earned five more talents”
 MAT	25	20	ttf7	translate-bmoney	τάλαντα	1	talents	A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
-MAT	25	21	l5mg		εὖ	1	Well done	“You have done well” or “You have done right.” Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done.
+MAT	25	21	l5mg		εὖ	1	Well done	Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
 MAT	25	21	d2s9	figs-idiom	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	25	21	u9od	figs-123person	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	25	22	yhi1	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MAT	25	22	n2xc		δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	I have gained two talents	Alternate translation: “I have earned two more talents”
-MAT	25	23	hsb6		εὖ	1	Well done	“You have done well” or “You have done right.” Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. See how you translated this in [25:21](../25/21.md).
+MAT	25	23	hsb6		εὖ	1	Well done	Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. See how you translated this in [25:21](../25/21.md). Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
 MAT	25	23	plv7	figs-idiom	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. See how you translated this in [25:21](../25/21.md). Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	25	23	b5k7	figs-123person	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	Enter into the joy of your master	The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	25	24	ial6	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MAT	25	24	m8an	figs-parallelism	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter	The words **reaping where you did not sow** and **gathering where you did not scatter** mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MAT	25	24	xj4e	figs-metaphor	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter	This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that other people have planted. The servant uses this metaphor to accuse the master of taking what rightfully belongs to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	25	24	au9f		οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	you did not scatter	“you did not scatter seed.” This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil.
+MAT	25	24	au9f		οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	you did not scatter	This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil. Alternate translation: “you did not scatter seed”
 MAT	25	25	wl5c		ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν	1	Behold, you have what is yours	Alternate translation: “Look, here is what is yours”
-MAT	25	26	hj83	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MAT	25	26	l3jz		πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις	1	You wicked and lazy slave, you have known	Alternate translation: “You are a wicked slave who does not want to work. You knew”
 MAT	25	26	he3h	figs-parallelism	θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	I reap where I did not sow and harvest where I did not scatter	The words **reap where I did not sow** and **harvest where I did not scatter** mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MAT	25	26	xtaj	figs-metaphor	θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	I reap where I did not sow and harvest where I did not scatter	This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in [25:24](../25/24.md), where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	25	27	rhg9	figs-ellipsis	ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν	1	I would have received back my money	You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “I would have received back my own money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	25	27	n7jd		τόκῳ	1	interest	payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master’s money
-MAT	25	28	qm6x	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+MAT	25	27	rhg9	figs-ellipsis	ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν	1	I would have received back my money	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would have received back my own money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	25	27	n7jd		τόκῳ	1	interest	This **interest** was a payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master’s money.
 MAT	25	28	paw8		ἄρατε…τὸ τάλαντον	1	take away the talent	The master is speaking to other servants.
 MAT	25	28	b1ge	translate-bmoney	τὸ τάλαντον	1	the talent	A **talent** was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 MAT	25	29	e5py	figs-explicit	τῷ…ἔχοντι	1	to the one having	It is implied that the person who has something also uses it wisely. Alternate translation: “to the one who uses well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2412,81 +2379,77 @@ MAT	25	32	nk18	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ
 MAT	25	33	pbq9	figs-metaphor	καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων	1	And he will place the sheep on his right, but the goats on his left	This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	25	34	t8pp	figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς…αὐτοῦ	1	the King … his	Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King, … my right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	25	34	ze81	figs-activepassive	δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Come, you who have been blessed by my Father	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	25	34	h2k9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	25	34	h2k9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	25	34	b57r	figs-activepassive	κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν	1	inherit the kingdom prepared for you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	25	34	yj1p	figs-metonymy	κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν	1	inherit the kingdom prepared for you	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	25	34	cdi8		ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	Alternate translation: “since he first created the world”
-MAT	25	37	yh3p	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δίκαιοι	1	the righteous	You can state this as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MAT	25	37	cs5d	figs-ellipsis	ἢ διψῶντα	1	Or thirsty	You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	25	38	h52x	figs-ellipsis	ἢ γυμνὸν	1	Or naked	This is the end of a series of questions that begins in verse 37. You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	25	40	m6mi	figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς	1	the King	This is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MAT	25	37	yh3p	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δίκαιοι	1	the righteous	If your language does not use the nominal adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	25	37	cs5d	figs-ellipsis	ἢ διψῶντα	1	Or thirsty	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	25	38	h52x	figs-ellipsis	ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν?	1	Or naked	This is the end of a series of questions that begins in verse 37. You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you naked and give you clothing?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	25	40	m6mi	figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς	1	the King	Here, **the King** is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	25	40	i2aq		ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς	1	will say to them	Alternate translation: “will say to those at his right hand”
-MAT	25	40	mhe2		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This emphasizes what the King says next.
+MAT	25	40	mhe2		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This emphasizes what the King says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
 MAT	25	40	acs3		ἑνὶ…τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	for one of the least	Alternate translation: “for one of the least important”
 MAT	25	40	nh4y	figs-gendernotations	τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου	1	of these brothers of mine	Here, **brothers** refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MAT	25	40	k4hb		ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε	1	you did it for me	Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me”
-MAT	25	41	z1nh	figs-123person	τότε ἐρεῖ καὶ	1	Then he also will say	“Then the King also will.” Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MAT	25	41	z1nh	figs-123person	τότε ἐρεῖ καὶ	1	Then he also will say	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Then the King also will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	25	41	pr8n		κατηραμένοι	1	you cursed	Alternate translation: “you people whom God has cursed”
 MAT	25	41	hqf5	figs-activepassive	τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον	1	the everlasting fire that has been prepared	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the everlasting fire that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	25	41	g51u		τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ	1	his angels	Satan's helpers
 MAT	25	43	g6ec	figs-ellipsis	γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με	1	naked, and you did not clothe me	The words **I was** preceding **naked** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was naked, but you did not give me clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	25	43	tq4x	figs-ellipsis	ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ	1	sick and in prison	The words “I was” preceding **sick** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	25	44	f3dc			0	General Information:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in [23:1](../23/01.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment.
-MAT	25	44	zyc5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes telling his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
 MAT	25	44	hiy6		ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ	1	they will also answer	Alternate translation: “those on his left will also answer”
 MAT	25	45	nm2e		ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	for one of the least of these	Alternate translation: “for any of the least important ones of my people”
 MAT	25	45	whu5		οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε.	1	you did not do it for me	Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”
 MAT	25	46	m6me		καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον	1	And these will go away into everlasting punishment	Alternate translation: “And the King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends”
-MAT	25	46	nj72	figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	but the righteous into everlasting life	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	25	46	kq5b	figs-nominaladj	οἱ…δίκαιοι	1	the righteous	You can state this nominative adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	25	46	nj72	figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	but the righteous into everlasting life	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	25	46	kq5b	figs-nominaladj	οἱ…δίκαιοι	1	the righteous	If your language does not use nominative adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MAT	26	intro	mtq8			0		# Matthew 26 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [Matthew 26:31](../mat/26/31.md), however, Jesus used the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.<br><br>### Passover<br><br>The Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.<br><br>### The eating of the body and blood<br><br>[Matthew 26:26-28](./26.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Judas’ kiss for Jesus<br><br>[Matthew 26:49](../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other.<br><br>### “I am able to destroy the temple of God”<br><br>Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” ([Matthew 26:61](../mat/26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../jhn/02/19.md)).
 MAT	26	1	t5mz			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that tells of Jesus’ crucifixion, death, and resurrection. Here he tells his disciples how he will suffer and die.
-MAT	26	1	i35c		καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	And it happened that when	“And after” or “Then, after.” This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next.
-MAT	26	1	xiv4		πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	all these words	This refers to all that Jesus taught starting in [24:3](../24/03.md).
+MAT	26	1	i35c		καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	And it happened that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And after” or “Then, after”
+MAT	26	1	xiv4		πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	all these words	The phrase **these words** refers to all that Jesus taught starting in [24:3](../24/03.md).
 MAT	26	2	g4lh	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι	1	the Son of Man is being delivered up to be crucified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “some men will take the Son of Man to other people who will crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	26	2	r9px	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	26	3	wew3	writing-background		0	Connecting Statement:	These verses give background information about the Jewish leaders’ plot to arrest and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MAT	26	3	wew3	writing-background		0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 3-5 give background information about the Jewish leaders’ plot to arrest and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MAT	26	3	eps8	figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν	1	were gathered together	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “came together” or “met together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	26	4	hi4x		δόλῳ	1	stealthily	Alternate translation: “secretly”
-MAT	26	5	u4fh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	Not during the festival	It may be helpful to your readers to state What the leaders did not want to do during the festival. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	26	5	s9p7		ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	the festival	This is the yearly Passover festival.
+MAT	26	5	u4fh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	Not during the festival	It may be helpful to your readers to state what the leaders did not want to do during the festival. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	26	5	s9p7		ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	the festival	Here, **festival** refers to the yearly Passover festival.
 MAT	26	6	v2up			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of a woman pouring expensive oil on Jesus before his death.
-MAT	26	6	zq3j		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
-MAT	26	6	hg3s	figs-explicit	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	of Simon the leper	It is implied that this is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	26	7	ukb9		ἀνακειμένου	1	and he was reclining at table	“and Jesus was lying on his side.” You can use your language’s word for the position people usually are in when they eat.
+MAT	26	6	zq3j		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
+MAT	26	6	hg3s	figs-explicit	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	of Simon the leper	It is implied that this **Simon** is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	26	7	ukb9		ἀνακειμένου	1	and he was reclining at table	You can use your language’s word for the position people usually are in when they eat. Alternate translation: “and Jesus was lying on his side”
 MAT	26	7	yxf8		προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ	1	a woman came to him	Alternate translation: “a woman came to Jesus”
-MAT	26	7	bhs8	translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	an alabaster jar	This is a costly container made of soft stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MAT	26	7	yu67		μύρου βαρυτίμου	1	of very expensive ointment	oil that has a pleasing smell
+MAT	26	7	bhs8	translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	an alabaster jar	This **alabaster jar** was a costly container made of soft stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MAT	26	7	yu67		μύρου βαρυτίμου	1	of very expensive ointment	This refers to oil that has a pleasing smell.
 MAT	26	7	ea5e		κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ	1	she poured it upon his head	The woman did this to honor Jesus.
-MAT	26	8	vit4	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη?	1	For what is this waste?	The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman’s actions. Alternate translation: “This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	26	8	vit4	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη?	1	For what is this waste?	The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman’s actions. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	9	y83e	figs-activepassive	ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι	1	For this was able to have been sold for a large amount and to be given	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For she could have sold this for a large amount of money and given the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	26	9	f76h	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	to the poor	You can state **the poor** as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MAT	26	10	pfv1	figs-rquestion	τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί?	1	Why are you causing trouble for this woman?	Jesus asks this question as a rebuke of his disciples. Alternate translation: “You should not be troubling this woman!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	26	9	f76h	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	to the poor	If your language does not use the nominal adjective **the poor**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	26	10	pfv1	figs-rquestion	τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί?	1	Why are you causing trouble for this woman?	Jesus asks this question as a rebuke of his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be troubling this woman!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	10	fg3v	figs-you	παρέχετε	1	are you causing	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	26	11	wsp9	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	the poor	You can state this as an adjective. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MAT	26	12	vk5w		τὸ μύρον	1	ointment	This is oil that has a pleasing smell. See how you translated this in [26:7](../26/07.md).
-MAT	26	13	xs1w		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
+MAT	26	11	wsp9	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	the poor	If your language does not use the nominal adjective **poor**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+MAT	26	12	vk5w		τὸ μύρον	1	ointment	This **ointment** was oil that had a pleasing smell. See how you translated this in [26:7](../26/07.md).
+MAT	26	13	xs1w		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
 MAT	26	13	g45l	figs-activepassive	ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο	1	wherever this good news may be preached	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	26	13	s12m	figs-activepassive	λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς	1	what she has done will also be spoken of in memory of her	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” or “people will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	26	14	i3dy			0	Connecting Statement:	Judas Iscariot agrees to help the Jewish leaders arrest and kill Jesus.
 MAT	26	15	es4b		κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν	1	and I will betray him to you	Alternate translation: “and I will bring Jesus to you”
-MAT	26	15	x7zx		τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	thirty pieces of silver	Since these words are the same as those in an Old Testament prophecy, keep this form instead of changing it to modern money.
-MAT	26	15	lyl7	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	30 pieces of silver	“thirty pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+MAT	26	15	x7zx		τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	thirty pieces of silver	Since these words are the same as those in an Old Testament prophecy, keep this form instead of changing it to modern money. Alternate translation: “thirty pieces of silver”
 MAT	26	16	w1e4		ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ	1	in order that he might betray him	Alternate translation: “so that he would give him over to them”
 MAT	26	17	e7wc			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
-MAT	26	17	f3s2		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
+MAT	26	17	f3s2		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	26	18	hc78	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου.	1	But he said, “Go into the city to such a man and say to him, ‘The Teacher says, “My time is near. I am doing the Passover at your house with my disciples.”’”	This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MAT	26	18	r4tg		ὁ καιρός μου	1	My time	This could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus told them about. (2) the time God has set for Jesus.
 MAT	26	18	a4i5	figs-idiom	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	is near	This could mean: (1) it “is near.” (2) it “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	26	18	j9pz		ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα	1	I am doing the Passover	Alternate translation: “I am eat the Passover meal” or “I am celebrating the Passover by eating the special meal”
-MAT	26	20	bga4		ἀνέκειτο	1	he reclined at table	Use the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
-MAT	26	21	ehx6		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
+MAT	26	20	bga4		ἀνέκειτο	1	he reclined at table	Translate **reclining** with the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
+MAT	26	21	ehx6		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
 MAT	26	22	n12r	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?	1	Surely not I, Lord?	“I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” This could be: (1) a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” (2) a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	24	n7dw	figs-123person	ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	26	24	x2n9	figs-euphemism	ὑπάγει	1	will depart	Here, **depart** is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MAT	26	24	vix3	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	just as it is written about him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	26	24	hai5	figs-activepassive	τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	to that man by whom the Son of Man is betrayed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “to the man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	26	25	vpq1	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί?	1	Surely it is not I, Rabbi?	“Rabbi, am I the one who will betray you?” Judas may be using a rhetorical question to deny that he is the one who will betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	26	25	vpq1	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί?	1	Surely it is not I, Rabbi?	Judas may be using a rhetorical question to deny that he is the one who will betray Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	25	y9lk	figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	You have said it yourself	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	26	26	qh16			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus institutes the Lord’s Supper as he celebrates the Passover with his disciples.
 MAT	26	26	mr5u		λαβὼν…εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν	1	having taken … having blessed it … he broke it	See how you translated these words in [14:19](../14/19.md).
@@ -2496,51 +2459,50 @@ MAT	26	27	a9me		πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	Drink from it	Alternate translat
 MAT	26	28	l55a		τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου	1	For this is my blood	Alternate translation: “For this wine is my blood”
 MAT	26	28	ct81		τὸ αἷμά…τῆς διαθήκης	1	blood of the covenant	Alternate translation: “blood that shows that the covenant is in effect” or “blood that makes the covenant possible”
 MAT	26	28	bms3	figs-activepassive	ἐκχυννόμενον	1	is being poured out	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “will soon flow out of my body” or “will flow out of my wounds when I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	26	29	l556		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
+MAT	26	29	l556		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	26	29	h85b	figs-idiom	τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	fruit of the vine	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	26	29	q8zs	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the kingdom of my Father	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when my Father establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	26	29	m9vq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MAT	26	30	nzy2			0	General Information:	In verse 31, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
-MAT	26	30	nkw2			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach his disciples as they walk to the Mount of Olives.
-MAT	26	30	ed5k		καὶ ὑμνήσαντες	1	And having sung a hymn	a song of praise to God
+MAT	26	29	m9vq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	26	30	ed5k		καὶ ὑμνήσαντες	1	And having sung a hymn	A **hymn** is a song of praise to God.
 MAT	26	31	v8yl		σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	will be caused to stumble in me	Alternate translation: “will leave me”
+MAT	26	31	nzy2		πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	General Information:	In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
 MAT	26	31	iap6	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	for it is written	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	26	31	u1t5	figs-explicit	πατάξω	1	I will strike	Here, **I** refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	26	31	mc1e	figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα…τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	the shepherd … the sheep of the flock	These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	26	31	rvk1	figs-activepassive	διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	the sheep of the flock will be scattered	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	26	32	pj2u	figs-idiom	μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με	1	after I am raised up	Here to be **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	26	32	xuyz	figs-activepassive	μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί	1	after I am raised up	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after God raises me up” or “after God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	26	33	m2un		σκανδαλισθήσονται	1	will be caused to stumble	See how you translated this in [26:31](../26/31.md).
-MAT	26	34	sf9x		ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
+MAT	26	33	m2un		σκανδαλισθήσονται	1	will be caused to stumble	See how you translated this phrase in [26:31](../26/31.md).
+MAT	26	34	sf9x		ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
 MAT	26	34	ui4y	figs-metonymy	πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	before the rooster crows	A **rooster** often **crows** about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word **rooster** in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	26	34	lx5i		ἀλέκτορα	1	the rooster	a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up
-MAT	26	34	h66w		φωνῆσαι	1	crows	This is the common English word for what a rooster does to make his loud call.
+MAT	26	34	lx5i		ἀλέκτορα	1	the rooster	A **rooster** is a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up.
+MAT	26	34	h66w		φωνῆσαι	1	crows	Here, **crows** is the common English word for what a rooster does when it calls out loudly.
 MAT	26	34	b2rh		τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	you will deny me three times	Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you are not my follower”
 MAT	26	36	lm3n			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus praying in Gethsemane.
 MAT	26	37	ny4m		ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι	1	he began to be grieved	Alternate translation: “he became very sad”
 MAT	26	38	gf7k	figs-synecdoche	περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul is deeply sorrowful	Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MAT	26	38	c43t	figs-idiom	ἕως θανάτου	1	to the point of death	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could even die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	26	39	kcz4	figs-idiom	ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	he fell on his face	He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	26	39	nuv7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	My Father	This is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	26	39	nuv7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	26	39	f254	figs-metaphor	παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	let this cup pass away from me	Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word **cup** is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	26	39	i7rr	figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	this cup	Here, **cup** is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	26	39	bcn2	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	this cup	The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	26	39	bcn2	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	this cup	The contents in the **cup** are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	26	39	k5in	figs-ellipsis	πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ	1	Yet, not as I will, but as you	This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	26	40	ev7s	figs-you	λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε…γρηγορῆσαι	1	he says to Peter, “So, were you not able to watch	Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the **you** is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	26	40	c11a	figs-rquestion	οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ?	1	So, were you not able to watch with me for one hour?	Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	26	40	c11a	figs-rquestion	οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ?	1	So, were you not able to watch with me for one hour?	Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	41	buv4	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	you might not enter into temptation	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **temptation**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	26	41	ny5w	figs-metonymy	τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak	Here, **spirit** is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	26	41	xlig	figs-synecdoche	τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak	**Flesh** stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MAT	26	42	pz9l		ἀπελθὼν	1	having gone away	Alternate translation: “after Jesus went away”
-MAT	26	42	tqp8	translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	a second time	The first time is described in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-MAT	26	42	ch7t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	My Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MAT	26	42	b6cn	figs-metaphor	εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	if this is not able to pass away unless I may drink it	“if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it.” Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to **drink**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	26	42	tqp8	translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	a second time	The first **time** is described in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+MAT	26	42	ch7t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	26	42	b6cn	figs-metaphor	εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	if this is not able to pass away unless I may drink it	Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to **drink**. Alternate translation: “if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	26	42	td6g	figs-metaphor	εἰ…τοῦτο	1	if this	Here, **this** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	26	42	i135	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	unless I may drink it	“unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering.” Here, **it** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	26	42	i135	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	unless I may drink it	Here, **it** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [26:39](../26/39.md). Alternate translation: “unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	26	42	xsk1	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου	1	let your will be done	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	26	43	lts9	figs-idiom	ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι	1	their eyes were weighed down	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	26	44	v3i9	translate-ordinal	ἐκ τρίτου	1	a third time	The first time is described in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-MAT	26	45	vvp9	figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε?	1	Are you still sleeping and taking your rest?	Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples for going to sleep. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	26	44	v3i9	translate-ordinal	ἐκ τρίτου	1	a third time	The first **time** is described in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+MAT	26	45	vvp9	figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε?	1	Are you still sleeping and taking your rest?	Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples for going to sleep. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	45	rw3r	figs-idiom	ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has approached	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	26	45	g9hi	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	the Son of Man is being betrayed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	26	45	ell4	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -2548,43 +2510,43 @@ MAT	26	45	g9eb	figs-metonymy	παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμ
 MAT	26	45	yx8v		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
 MAT	26	47	hsv7			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of when Judas betrayed Jesus and the religious leaders arrested him.
 MAT	26	47	rlp9		καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	And as he is still speaking	Alternate translation: “And while Jesus was still speaking”
-MAT	26	47	e26h		ξύλων	1	clubs	large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
+MAT	26	47	e26h		ξύλων	1	clubs	A club is a large piece of hard wood for hitting people.
 MAT	26	48	qb4y	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	Here, **Now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MAT	26	48	gw8m	figs-quotations	λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν.	1	saying, “Whomever I may kiss is him. Seize him.”	You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 MAT	26	48	m23z		ὃν ἂν φιλήσω	1	Whomever I may kiss	Alternate translation: “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
-MAT	26	48	nr34		φιλήσω	1	I may kiss	This was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.
+MAT	26	48	nr34		φιλήσω	1	I may kiss	This action was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.
 MAT	26	49	uig8		προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	having come up to Jesus	Alternate translation: “when Judas came up to Jesus”
-MAT	26	49	cyb7		κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	he kissed him	“he met him with a kiss.” Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas **kissed** Jesus.
+MAT	26	49	cyb7		κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	he kissed him	Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas **kissed** Jesus. Alternate translation: “he met him with a kiss”
 MAT	26	50	w3d6		ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας	1	they laid hands	Here, **they** refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.
 MAT	26	50	vmd1		ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	they laid hands on Jesus, and seized him	Alternate translation: “they grabbed Jesus, and arrested him”
 MAT	26	51	vm6s		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	And behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
 MAT	26	52	tj6n	figs-metonymy	οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν	1	those who have taken up a sword	The word **sword** is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	26	52	gzbc	figs-explicit	οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν	1	those who have taken up a sword	You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	26	52	w357		μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται	1	a sword will perish by the sword	Alternate translation: “a sword will die by means of the sword” or “a sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”
-MAT	26	53	kgx8	figs-rquestion	ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων?	1	Or do you think that I am not able to call upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once?	Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	26	53	kgx8	figs-rquestion	ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων?	1	Or do you think that I am not able to call upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once?	Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	53	eb7i	figs-you	δοκεῖς	1	do you think	Here, **you** is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	26	53	g3zq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	26	53	g3zq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	26	53	tfw8	translate-numbers	πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων	1	more than 12 legions of angels	The word **legion** is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: “more than 12 really large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-MAT	26	54	teq5	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	How then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen?	Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	26	54	teq5	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	How then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen?	Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This must happen so that the Scriptures will be fulfilled.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	54	xqpr	figs-activepassive	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	How then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen?	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But if I did that, I would not be able to fulfill what God said in the scriptures must happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	26	55	yf4p	figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?	1	Have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as against a robber?	Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. Alternate translation: “You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	26	55	q9vq		ξύλων	1	clubs	large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
+MAT	26	55	yf4p	figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?	1	Have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as against a robber?	Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	26	55	q9vq		ξύλων	1	clubs	A club is a large piece of hard wood for hitting people.
 MAT	26	55	e8dq	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	It is implied that Jesus was not in the actual **temple**. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	26	56	ygn7	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill all that the prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	26	56	i2jp		ἀφέντες αὐτὸν	1	having left him	If your language has a word that means they left him when they should have stayed with him, use it here.
+MAT	26	56	i2jp		ἀφέντες αὐτὸν	1	having left him	If your language has a word that means they **left him** when they should have stayed with him, use it here.
 MAT	26	57	f6nj			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before the council of Jewish religious leaders.
 MAT	26	58	jui3		ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	But Peter was following him	Alternate translation: “But Peter followed Jesus”
-MAT	26	58	isd4		τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	the courtyard of the high priest	an open area near the high priest’s house
+MAT	26	58	isd4		τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	the courtyard of the high priest	This **courtyard** was an open area near the high priest’s house.
 MAT	26	58	v8th		καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω	1	And having entered inside	Alternate translation: “And after Peter went inside”
-MAT	26	59	i8jw		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
+MAT	26	59	i8jw		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	26	59	jwz5		αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	they might put him to death	Here, **they** refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
 MAT	26	59	u6v9		αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	they might put him to death	Alternate translation: “they might have a reason to execute him”
 MAT	26	60	m6n5		προσελθόντες δύο	1	two, having come forward	Alternate translation: “two men who had come forward” or “two witnesses who came forward”
 MAT	26	61	a8lf	writing-quotations	εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι.	1	said, “This man said, ‘I am able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.’”	If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 MAT	26	61	i5n4		οὗτος ἔφη	1	This man said	Alternate translation: “This man Jesus said”
-MAT	26	61	mbq1		διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν	1	in three days	“within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time
+MAT	26	61	mbq1		διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν	1	in three days	This phrase means “within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time.
 MAT	26	62	v6j9		τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	What is it that they are testifying against you?	The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”
-MAT	26	63	mm28	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title that describes the relationship between the Christ and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	26	63	mm28	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between the Christ and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	26	63	lry9		τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	the living God	Here, **living** contrasts the **God** of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in [16:16](../16/16.md).
 MAT	26	64	gi6v	figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	You have said it yourself	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	26	64	zu47	figs-you	πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε	1	But I say to you, from now on you will see	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -2595,18 +2557,18 @@ MAT	26	64	lcxc	translate-symaction	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆ
 MAT	26	64	urp9		ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	coming on the clouds of heaven	Alternate translation: “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
 MAT	26	65	srg6	translate-symaction	ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	the high priest tore his robe	Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MAT	26	65	qq51	figs-explicit	ἐβλασφήμησεν	1	He has spoken blasphemy	The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement **blasphemy** is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in [26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	26	65	t68t	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	Why do we still have need of witnesses?	The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	26	65	t68t	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	Why do we still have need of witnesses?	The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	65	wh4h	figs-you	νῦν ἠκούσατε	1	now you have heard	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	26	67	adc2		τότε ἐνέπτυσαν	1	Then they spit	This could mean: (1) some of the men spit. (2) the soldiers spit.
-MAT	26	67	g1c2		ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	they spit in his face	This was done as an insult.
+MAT	26	67	g1c2		ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	they spit in his face	This action was done as an insult.
 MAT	26	68	f2bj		προφήτευσον ἡμῖν	1	Prophesy to us	Here, **Prophesy to us** means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
 MAT	26	68	b5xe	figs-irony	Χριστέ	1	Christ	Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the **Christ**. They call him this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 MAT	26	69	bsb3			0	General Information:	These events happen at the same time as Jesus’ trial before the religious leaders.
 MAT	26	69	h5ts			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of how Peter denies three times that he knows Jesus, as Jesus said he would do.
-MAT	26	69	y21l		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
+MAT	26	69	y21l		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	26	70	sp1t		οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις	1	I do not know what you are talking about	Peter was able to understand what the servant girl was saying. He used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus.
 MAT	26	71	ief5		ἐξελθόντα δὲ	1	But when he had gone out	Alternate translation: “But when Peter went out”
-MAT	26	71	gyw8		τὸν πυλῶνα	1	the gateway	opening in the wall around a courtyard
+MAT	26	71	gyw8		τὸν πυλῶνα	1	the gateway	This **gateway** was an opening in the wall around a courtyard.
 MAT	26	71	s7c4		λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ	1	says to those there	Alternate translation: “said to the people who were sitting there”
 MAT	26	72	e5xl		καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον.	1	And he again denied it with an oath, “I do not know the man!”	Alternate translation: “And he denied it again by swearing, ‘I do not know the man!’”
 MAT	26	73	hde3		ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	Alternate translation: “one of those who were with Jesus”
@@ -2616,45 +2578,43 @@ MAT	26	74	w87b		ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	a rooster crowed	A **rooster
 MAT	26	75	nx3j	figs-quotations	καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	And Peter remembered the words of Jesus that he had said, “Before the rooster crows you will deny me three times.”	You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 MAT	27	intro	deu4			0		# Matthew 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Delivered him to Pilate the governor”<br><br>The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” ([Matthew 27:29](../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 MAT	27	1	hvr4			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before Pilate.
-MAT	27	1	qe1s		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
+MAT	27	1	qe1s		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	27	1	cm46	figs-explicit	συμβούλιον ἔλαβον…κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	took counsel against Jesus so as to put him to death	The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	27	3	vzf9	figs-events		0	General Information:	This event happened after Jesus’ trial in front of the council of Jewish religious leaders, but we do not know if it happened before or during Jesus’ trial before Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-MAT	27	3	bk8i			0	Connecting Statement:	The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself.
-MAT	27	3	qm12		τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	Then Judas, who had betrayed him, having seen	If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.
+MAT	27	3	qm12		τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	Then Judas, who had betrayed him, having seen	The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.
 MAT	27	3	v9vj	figs-activepassive	ὅτι κατεκρίθη	1	that he was condemned	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	27	3	pe4n		τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	the 30 pieces of silver	This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated it in [26:15](../26/15.md).
 MAT	27	4	f6u8	figs-idiom	αἷμα ἀθῷον	1	innocent blood	This is an idiom that refers to the death of an **innocent** person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT	27	4	mf6b	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	What is that to us?	The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	27	4	mf6b	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	What is that to us?	The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	27	5	tuh4		ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν	1	having thrown down the pieces of silver in the temple	This could mean: (1) he threw **the pieces of silver** while in the **temple** courtyard. (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw **the pieces of silver** into the **temple**.
 MAT	27	6	r5r9		οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	It is not lawful to put this	Alternate translation: “Our laws do not allow us to put this”
 MAT	27	6	ce2x		βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	to put this	Alternate translation: “to put this silver”
-MAT	27	6	gtp3	figs-explicit	τὸν κορβανᾶν	1	the treasury	This is the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	27	6	gtp3	figs-explicit	τὸν κορβανᾶν	1	the treasury	The **treasury** was the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	27	6	j2l8	figs-idiom	τιμὴ αἵματός	1	the price of blood	This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: “money paid for a man to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	27	7	mtg6		τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως	1	the field of the potter	This was a **field** that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
 MAT	27	8	nts8	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος	1	that field has been called	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	27	8	ag2n		ἕως τῆς σήμερον	1	to this day	This means to the time that Matthew is writing this book.
-MAT	27	9	g1gc			0	General Information:	The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas’ suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
+MAT	27	8	ag2n		ἕως τῆς σήμερον	1	to this day	Here, **this day** refers to the time when Matthew is writing this book.
+MAT	27	9	g1gc		καὶ ἔλαβον τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	General Information:	The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas’ suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
 MAT	27	9	rj3u	figs-activepassive	τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου	1	Then what had been spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	27	9	t1dj	figs-activepassive	τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	the price of the one whose price had been set by the sons of Israel	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the people of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	27	9	d7l7	figs-metonymy	υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	the sons of Israel	This refers to those among the people of **Israel** who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of the people of Israel” or “the leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	27	10	c2ch		συνέταξέν μοι	1	had directed me	Here, **me** refers to Jeremiah.
-MAT	27	11	pjc5			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [27:2](../27/02.md).
-MAT	27	11	we3a		δὲ	1	Now	If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
+MAT	27	11	pjc5		δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [27:2](../27/02.md). If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
 MAT	27	11	a2e7		τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	the governor	Alternate translation: “Pilate”
 MAT	27	11	a6cm	figs-explicit	αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις	1	It is as you say	This could mean: (1) Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (2) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	27	12	vl3a	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	And when he was accused by the chief priests and the elders	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And when the chief priests and elders accused him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	27	13	wn2r	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you?	Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	27	14	hbm8		οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν	1	he did not answer him not even to one word, so as to amaze the governor greatly	“he did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor.” This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent.
-MAT	27	15	jjp8	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in [27:17](../27/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-MAT	27	15	p1ha		ἑορτὴν	1	the festival	This is the festival for the Passover celebration.
+MAT	27	13	wn2r	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you?	Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	27	14	hbm8		οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν	1	he did not answer him not even to one word, so as to amaze the governor greatly	This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent. Alternate translation: “he did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor”
+MAT	27	15	jjp8	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in [27:17](../27/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MAT	27	15	p1ha		ἑορτὴν	1	the festival	This is the **festival** of the Passover celebration.
 MAT	27	15	pfk6	figs-activepassive	ἕνα τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον, ὃν ἤθελον	1	to the crowd one prisoner whom they chose	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “one prisoner whom the crowd would choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	27	16	q2iu		εἶχον…δέσμιον ἐπίσημον	1	they were holding a notorious prisoner	Alternate translation: “there was a notorious prisoner”
-MAT	27	16	svr2		ἐπίσημον	1	notorious	well known for doing something bad
+MAT	27	16	svr2		ἐπίσημον	1	notorious	A **notorious** person is someone who is well known for doing something bad.
 MAT	27	17	d8hv	figs-activepassive	συνηγμένων…αὐτῶν	1	when they were gathered together	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the crowd gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	27	17	wrl3	figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	who is called Christ	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	27	18	jq3c		παρέδωκαν αὐτόν	1	they had handed him over to him	“the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him.” They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus.
+MAT	27	18	jq3c		παρέδωκαν αὐτόν	1	they had handed him over to him	They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him”
 MAT	27	19	t3mx		καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ	1	But while he was sitting	Alternate translation: “But while Pilate was sitting”
-MAT	27	19	s5pc		καθημένου…αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	while he was sitting on the judgment seat	“while he was sitting on the judge’s seat.” This is where a judge would sit while making a decision.
+MAT	27	19	s5pc		καθημένου…αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	while he was sitting on the judgment seat	The **judgment seat** was the place where a judge would sit while making a decision. Alternate translation: “while he was sitting on the judge’s seat”
 MAT	27	19	w4i8		ἀπέστειλεν	1	sent word	Alternate translation: “sent a message”
 MAT	27	19	an95		πολλὰ…ἔπαθον σήμερον	1	I have suffered much today	Alternate translation: “I have been very upset today”
 MAT	27	20	ax1i	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	Here, **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -2663,19 +2623,18 @@ MAT	27	21	x6vf		εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	said to them	Alternate translation:
 MAT	27	22	zl85	figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	who is called Christ	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	27	23	m5jm		ἐποίησεν	1	did he do	Alternate translation: “has Jesus done”
 MAT	27	23	nb7p		οἱ…ἔκραζον	1	they cried out	Alternate translation: “the crowd cried out”
-MAT	27	24	yj8t	translate-symaction	ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου	1	washed his hands in front of the crowd	Pilate does this as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+MAT	27	24	yj8t	translate-symaction	ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου	1	washed his hands in front of the crowd	Pilate does this action as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MAT	27	24	u1fe	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος	1	the blood	Here, **blood** refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	27	24	de8w		ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε	1	See to it yourselves	Alternate translation: “This is your responsibility”
 MAT	27	25	n5k1	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν	1	His blood be on us and our children	Here, **blood** is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	27	25	k1cb	figs-idiom	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν	1	His blood be on us and on our children	The phrase **be on us and our children** is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	27	26	yb5y		τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Then he released Barabbas to them	Alternate translation: “Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
 MAT	27	26	m63d	figs-explicit	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified	It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	27	26	n421	figs-metaphor	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified	It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	27	26	n421	figs-metaphor	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified	Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	27	26	y3kf		τὸν…Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας	2	having scourged Jesus	Alternate translation: “having beaten Jesus with a whip” or “having whipped Jesus”
 MAT	27	27	zz45			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ crucifixion and death.
 MAT	27	27	bn22		ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν	1	the whole company of soldiers	Alternate translation: “the entire group of soldiers”
 MAT	27	28	nx81		καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν	1	And having stripped him	Alternate translation: “And having pulled off his clothes”
-MAT	27	28	qsz5		κοκκίνην	1	scarlet	bright red
 MAT	27	29	yw94		στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1	a crown of thorns	Alternate translation: “a crown made of thorny branches” or “a crown made of branches with thorns on them”
 MAT	27	29	dlz7		κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	a staff in his right hand	They gave Jesus a stick to hold to represent a scepter that a king holds. They did this to mock Jesus.
 MAT	27	29	qf8j	figs-irony	χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus **King of the Jews**, but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -2686,26 +2645,24 @@ MAT	27	32	ies4		εὗρον ἄνθρωπον	1	they found a man	Alternate trans
 MAT	27	32	sfj2		τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	whom they forced so that he would carry his cross	Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross”
 MAT	27	33	j6hb	figs-activepassive	τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ	1	a place called Golgotha	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a place that people called Golgotha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	27	34	f11j	figs-activepassive	πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον	1	wine to drink mixed with gall	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	27	34	e2uk		χολῆς	1	gall	the bitter, yellow liquid that bodies use in digestion
-MAT	27	35	a1y1	figs-explicit	τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	his garments	These were the clothes Jesus had been wearing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	27	34	e2uk		χολῆς	1	gall	This **gall** was a bitter, yellow liquid that bodies use in digestion.
 MAT	27	37	j4s4		τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ	1	the charge against him	Alternate translation: “a written explanation of why he was being crucified”
 MAT	27	38	zq4b	figs-activepassive	τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί	1	Then two robbers are being crucified with him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	27	39	d4fm	translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	shaking their heads	They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MAT	27	40	t23i	figs-explicit	εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross	They did not believe that Jesus is **the Son of God**, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	27	40	b5lw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	27	40	b5lw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	27	42	ff4d	figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι	1	He saved others; he is not able to save himself	This could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus **saved others** or that he can **save himself**. (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot **save himself**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 MAT	27	42	j6l7	figs-irony	Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν,	1	He is the King of Israel!	The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him **King of Israel**, but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-MAT	27	43	w46n			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders continue mocking Jesus.
 MAT	27	43	cl97	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός.	1	For he said, ‘I am the Son of God.’	This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-MAT	27	43	uw85	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ…Υἱός	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	27	43	uw85	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ…Υἱός	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	27	44	e26y	figs-activepassive	οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ	1	the robbers who were crucified with him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	27	45	e7z4		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
+MAT	27	45	e7z4		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	27	45	s2l7		ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	from the sixth hour … until the ninth hour	Alternate translation: “from about noon … for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday … until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
 MAT	27	45	pi8e	figs-abstractnouns	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν	1	darkness happened over all the land	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **darkness**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	27	46	qyp7		ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus cried out	Alternate translation: “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
 MAT	27	46	xub2	translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει	1	Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani	These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 MAT	27	48	jm37		εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	This could refer to: (1) one of the soldiers. (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
-MAT	27	48	bsy1		σπόγγον	1	a sponge	This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
+MAT	27	48	bsy1		σπόγγον	1	a sponge	A **sponge** is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
 MAT	27	48	ny3e		ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν	1	gave it to him to drink	Alternate translation: “gave it to Jesus”
 MAT	27	50	fj1v	figs-euphemism	ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	released his spirit	Here, **spirit** refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MAT	27	51	w1wq			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died.
@@ -2715,38 +2672,38 @@ MAT	27	52	a1cu	figs-activepassive	καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθη
 MAT	27	52	kj3r	figs-idiom	πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	many of the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised	Here to be **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God put life back into the dead bodies of many godly people who had fallen asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	27	52	hgn1	figs-euphemism	κεκοιμημένων	1	who had fallen asleep	This is a polite way of referring to dying. Alternate translation: “who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MAT	27	53	q2x5		καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς	1	And having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city and appeared to many	The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words “The tombs were opened” in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the **tombs** were opened (1) the saints came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the saints entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them. (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the saints came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
-MAT	27	54	f6rz		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
-MAT	27	54	vv2g	figs-explicit	οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	those with him watching Jesus	“those who were guarding Jesus.” This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	27	54	gw6n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	27	54	f6rz		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
+MAT	27	54	vv2g	figs-explicit	οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	those with him watching Jesus	This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MAT	27	54	gw6n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	27	56	ud33		ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	the mother of the sons of Zebedee	Alternate translation: “the mother of James and John” or “the wife of Zebedee”
 MAT	27	57	wm5z			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus’ burial.
-MAT	27	57	sy9y	translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Arimathea	This is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+MAT	27	57	sy9y	translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Arimathea	**Arimathea** is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MAT	27	58	c69n	figs-activepassive	τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι	1	Then Pilate commanded it to be given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	27	59	kj7u		σινδόνι καθαρᾷ	1	in a clean linen cloth	in a clean, fine, costly cloth
 MAT	27	60	hvs8	figs-explicit	ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ	1	that he had cut into the rock	It is implied that Joseph had workers who **cut** the tomb **into the rock**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	27	60	lt4k	figs-explicit	καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν	1	And having rolled a large stone against	Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the **stone**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	27	61	ihr8		ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου	1	opposite the tomb	Alternate translation: “across from the tomb”
-MAT	27	62	qj59		τὴν παρασκευήν	1	the Preparation	This is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
+MAT	27	62	qj59		τὴν παρασκευήν	1	the Preparation	The **Preparation** is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
 MAT	27	62	j57n		συνήχθησαν…πρὸς Πειλᾶτον	1	were gathered together with Pilate	Alternate translation: “met with Pilate”
 MAT	27	63	sc6y		ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος…ἔτι ζῶν	1	that deceiver, yet living	Alternate translation: “Jesus, the deceiver, when he was alive”
 MAT	27	63	ri5s	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι.	1	said, ‘After three days I am being raised up.’	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that after three days he will rise again.” or “he said that after three day he would rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MAT	27	64	b8n2	figs-activepassive	κέλευσον…ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον	1	command the tomb to be made secure	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “command your soldiers to guard the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	27	64	hbh8	translate-ordinal	τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας	1	the third day	(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+MAT	27	64	hbh8	translate-ordinal	τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας	1	the third day	The word **third** is the ordinal form of three. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MAT	27	64	pwc8		ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν	1	his disciples, having come, might steal him	Alternate translation: “his disciples may come and steal his body”
 MAT	27	64	t78s	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ	1	might say to the people, ‘He has been raised up from the dead,’ and	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might tell the people that he has been raised from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-MAT	27	64	c7bf		ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	“from among all those who have died.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
-MAT	27	64	u5tg	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης	1	and the last deception will be worse than the first	You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MAT	27	65	dkq9		κουστωδίαν	1	a guard	This consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
+MAT	27	64	c7bf		ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died”
+MAT	27	64	u5tg	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης	1	and the last deception will be worse than the first	You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MAT	27	65	dkq9		κουστωδίαν	1	a guard	This **guard** consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
 MAT	27	66	pk1q		σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον	1	having sealed the stone	This could mean: (1) they put a cord around **the stone** and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb. (2) they put seals between **the stone** and the wall.
 MAT	27	66	e8uf		μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας	1	with the guard	Alternate translation: “and having told the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
 MAT	28	intro	psw9			0		# Matthew 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 28:1](../mat/28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Make disciples”<br><br>The last two verses ([Matthew 28:19-20](../mat/28/19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### An angel of the Lord<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
 MAT	28	1	anr1			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
 MAT	28	1	qkn8		ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων	1	Now late on the Sabbath, as it is dawning toward the first day of the week	Alternate translation: “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”
-MAT	28	1	gs43		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
-MAT	28	1	zu2b		ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία	1	the other Mary	“the other woman named Mary.” This is **Mary** the mother of James and Joseph ([27:56](../27/56.md)).
+MAT	28	1	gs43		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
+MAT	28	1	zu2b		ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία	1	the other Mary	This is **Mary** the mother of James and Joseph ([27:56](../27/56.md)). Alternate translation: “the other woman named Mary”
 MAT	28	2	j25i		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
 MAT	28	2	l4s2		σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον	1	a great earthquake happened, for an angel of the Lord, having descended from heaven and having come near, rolled away the stone	This could mean: (1) the **earthquake happened** because the **angel** came down and **rolled away the stone**. (2) all these events happened at the same time.
-MAT	28	2	s43v		σεισμὸς…μέγας	1	a great earthquake	a sudden and violent shaking of the ground
+MAT	28	2	s43v		σεισμὸς…μέγας	1	a great earthquake	An **earthquake** is a sudden and violent shaking of the ground.
 MAT	28	3	vfh4		ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ	1	his appearance	Alternate translation: “the angel’s appearance”
 MAT	28	3	p12y	figs-simile	ἦν…ὡς ἀστραπὴ	1	was like lightning	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MAT	28	3	i4hp	figs-ellipsis	τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	his clothing white like snow	The verb “was” from the previous phrase can be repeated. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -2756,24 +2713,23 @@ MAT	28	5	q8dd		ταῖς γυναιξίν	1	to the women	Alternate translation:
 MAT	28	5	tbd8	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον	1	who has been crucified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people and the soldiers crucified” or “whom they had crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	28	7	sp2a	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε.	1	tell his disciples, ‘He has been raised up from the dead. And behold, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.’	This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MAT	28	7	r5cw		ἠγέρθη	1	He has been raised up	Alternate translation: “He has come back to life”
-MAT	28	7	a1ir		ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld.
-MAT	28	7	ljb2	figs-you	προάγει ὑμᾶς…αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε	1	he is going ahead of you … you will see him	Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	28	7	hf9i	figs-you	εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	I have told you	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+MAT	28	7	a1ir		ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld.
+MAT	28	7	ljb2	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὄψεσθε…ὑμῖν	1	he is going ahead of you … you will see him	Here, all occurrences of **you** are plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	28	8	j2sv		καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ	1	And having quickly left	Alternate translation: “And after Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary quickly left”
 MAT	28	9	s393		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
 MAT	28	9	n5sz		χαίρετε	1	Greetings	This is an ordinary greeting, much like “Hello” in English.
 MAT	28	9	nmg1		ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας	1	took hold of his feet	Alternate translation: “got down on their knees and held onto his feet”
-MAT	28	10	etk6		τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου	1	my brothers	This refers to Jesus’ disciples.
+MAT	28	10	etk6		τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου	1	my brothers	Here, **my brothers** refers to Jesus’ disciples.
 MAT	28	11	u1ae			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the reaction of the Jewish religious leaders when they heard of Jesus’ resurrection.
-MAT	28	11	ktu5		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
-MAT	28	11	mu4l		αὐτῶν	1	They	Here this refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.
-MAT	28	11	rnr3		ἰδού	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
-MAT	28	12	ht82		συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες	1	discussed the matter with them	“decided on a plan among themselves.” The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers.
-MAT	28	13	kn8i	writing-quotations	εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…ἐλθόντες…ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων.	1	Say, ‘His disciples came … while we were sleeping.’	If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+MAT	28	11	ktu5		δὲ	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
+MAT	28	11	mu4l		αὐτῶν	1	They	Here, **they** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.
+MAT	28	11	rnr3		ἰδού	1	behold	Here, **behold** marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
+MAT	28	12	ht82		συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες	1	discussed the matter with them	The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers. Alternate translation: “decided on a plan among themselves”
+MAT	28	13	kn8i	writing-quotations	εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…ἐλθόντες…ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων.	1	Say, ‘His disciples came … while we were sleeping.’	If your language does not use quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 MAT	28	14	n8xy		καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	If this report reaches the governor	Alternate translation: “If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”
 MAT	28	14	u13q		τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	the governor	Alternate translation: “Pilate” ([27:2](../27/02.md))
 MAT	28	14	x57k		ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν	1	we will persuade him and keep you out of trouble	Alternate translation: “do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”
-MAT	28	15	yu3c	figs-activepassive	ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν	1	did as they had been instructed	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	28	15	yu3c	figs-activepassive	ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν	1	did as they had been instructed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	28	15	cp7r		ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	This report spread widely among the Jews and continues even today	Alternate translation: “Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
 MAT	28	15	vp3a		μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	even until today	This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
 MAT	28	16	h1ln			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
@@ -2783,6 +2739,6 @@ MAT	28	18	v37p	figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία	1
 MAT	28	18	sm35	figs-merism	ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	in heaven and on earth	Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 MAT	28	19	yz6q	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	of all the nations	Here, **nations** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	28	19	l5b5	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ὄνομα	1	into the name	Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	28	19	kwa3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ	1	the Father … the Son	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MAT	28	20	mz6f		ἰδοὺ	1	See	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
+MAT	28	19	kwa3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ	1	the Father … the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+MAT	28	20	mz6f		ἰδοὺ	1	See	Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
 MAT	28	20	si8z		ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	even to the end of the age	Alternate translation: “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”

en_tn_44-JHN.tsv

@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ JHN	1	14	zirk		παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **from the Father** means th
 JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth are objects that could fill a person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	14	c3b4	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **grace** and **truth** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	1	15	xduu		Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him”
+JHN	1	15	xduu	figs-pastforfuture	Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	15	ql6u	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	15	qxgz	writing-quotations	καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	15	yfuv	figs-quotesinquotes	οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This was the one of whom I said that he is coming after me who has become greater than me, for he was before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ
 JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	21	iv9d		τί οὖν?	1	What are you then?	Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
 JHN	1	21	vk6r	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	21	h2dv		καὶ λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said”
+JHN	1	21	h2dv	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	21	nhx9	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	22	t8ib	writing-pronouns	εἶπαν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites … John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context and may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ JHN	1	28	tfxy	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		**Jordan** is the nam
 JHN	1	28	f5he	translate-names	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	28	ryi1	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	bt67	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN	1	29	aqo3		βλέπει…λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw … said”
+JHN	1	29	aqo3	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) Since this is an important title for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -155,17 +155,17 @@ JHN	1	34	wzc9	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this** refers to Jesus. If
 JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	35	i3lg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	Again, the next day	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN	1	36	kuol		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
+JHN	1	36	kuol	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	36	ntaw	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase lamb of God refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	36	t2yx	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	36	ap5m	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	37	v5be	writing-pronouns	ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	38	a8bg	writing-pronouns	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to the two disciples John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	38	hlee	figs-ellipsis	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας	1		Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	1	38	qxej		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said to them”
+JHN	1	38	qxej	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	38	kkey		ποῦ μένεις	1		Alternate translation: “where are you spending the night”
 JHN	1	38	so66	figs-explicit	ποῦ μένεις	1		This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	39	lio4		λέγει αὐτοῖς…μένει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to them … he was staying”
+JHN	1	39	lio4	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει αὐτοῖς…μένει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to them … he was staying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	39	k5m2		μένει	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse.
 JHN	1	39	ydqg	figs-explicit	τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην	1		Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	39	tb9j		ὥρα…δεκάτη	1	tenth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM”
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ JHN	1	40	f6b9	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cou
 JHN	1	40	q0bp	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	40	jmyp		Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter”
 JHN	1	41	xpi4	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	41	vfsj		εὑρίσκει…λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “found … said”
+JHN	1	41	vfsj	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	41	roca	translate-names	Σίμωνα	1		These is the name of a man, Andrew’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	41	rxox	figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	41	ek1a	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title Messiah means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -187,21 +187,21 @@ JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If
 JHN	1	42	esly	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	43	cmi8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	43	bhl6	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. Alternate translation: “the region of Galilee” or “the region around Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	43	qzfk		καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he found Philip and said”
+JHN	1	43	qzfk	figs-pastforfuture	καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	43	uvby	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		**Philip** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	43	ejkg	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1		In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	1	44	i5bm	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου	1	Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter	This is background information about **Philip**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	45	m8j1	translate-names	Φίλιππος…Ναθαναὴλ…Μωϋσῆς…Ἰησοῦν…Ἰωσὴφ	1		These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	45	faz3		εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Philip found Nathaniel and said”
+JHN	1	45	faz3	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	45	ci52	figs-ellipsis	οἱ προφῆται	1		Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	45	r31z	translate-names	Ναζαρέτ	1		**Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	46	s2kg	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ	1	Nathaniel said to him	Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	46	i4wp	figs-rquestion	ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι?	1	Can any good thing come out of Nazareth?	Here, Nathaniel is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	1	46	shpn		λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Φίλιππος	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Philip said to him”
-JHN	1	47	e1ke		καὶ λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he said”
+JHN	1	46	shpn	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	1	47	e1ke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	47	ka53	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	47	ys8d	figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	in whom is no deceit	Here, Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-JHN	1	48	am5y		λέγει αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to him”
+JHN	1	48	am5y	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	48	d1on	figs-explicit	πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε	1		Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in some way. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	48	a0ym	figs-explicit	ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν	1		The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	49	l666	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ JHN	1	50	d53b	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι
 JHN	1	50	p3ma	figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1	Because I said to you … do you believe?	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	1	50	fhzr	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύεις	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “do you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	50	oubk	writing-pronouns	μείζω τούτων	1		Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in verse [48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this category of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	51	byxy		καὶ λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said”
+JHN	1	51	byxy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	51	ga44	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Here, Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the Book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -220,24 +220,24 @@ JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus and his disciples
 JHN	2	1	vw9e	writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days later	This time reference introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	1	po3t	translate-names	Κανὰ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	2	2	xm3r	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον	1	Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	2	3	kt44		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	2	3	kt44	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	3	spbw	figs-declarative	οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν	1		John records Jesus’ mother using a declarative statement to give an indirect request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “They ran out of wine. Could you do something to solve this problem?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	2	3	mge0		οἶνον	1		Regarding the drinking of **wine** in Jewish culture, see the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter.
-JHN	2	4	xo8k		λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to her”
+JHN	2	4	xo8k	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	4	a2ji		γύναι	1	Woman	**Woman** here refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
 JHN	2	4	jc75	figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, γύναι?	1	why do you come to me?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Woman, this has nothing to do with me or you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	2	4	v5x5	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου	1	My time has not yet come	The word **hour** refers to the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	2	5	d5wy		λέγει ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “His mother said”
+JHN	2	5	d5wy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	6	y7p3	translate-bvolume	μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	two to three metretes	A **metretes** was equivalent to about 40 liters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements. Alternatively, to help your readers recognize that the biblical writings come from long ago when people used different measurements, you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the metrete, and explain the equivalent in modern measurements in a footnote. Alternate translation: “80 to 120 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
-JHN	2	7	hv80		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς,	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them”
+JHN	2	7	hv80	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	7	byc0	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the servants at the wedding. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	7	vt75		ἕως ἄνω	1	to the brim	The **brim** is the top edge of the water pot. Alternate translation: “to the very top”
-JHN	2	8	xbw3		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
+JHN	2	8	xbw3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	8	y52q	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς…οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν	1		Here, **them** and **they** refer to the servants at the wedding. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants … And the servants carried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	8	h9gr		τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ	1	the head waiter	The term **head waiter** refers to the person in charge of the servants who served the food and drink at meals and feasts.
 JHN	2	9	t0zb		ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος…ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος	1		See how you translated this term in the previous verse.
 JHN	2	9	yg44	writing-background	καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει πόθεν ἐστίν, οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ	1	but the servants who had drawn the water knew	John provides this background information about who knew where the wine came from in order to emphasize the veracity of this miracle. The head waiter did not know that the wine was originally water from the water pots. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	2	9	xfwq		φωνεῖ τὸν νυμφίον ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “the head waiter called the bridegroom”
+JHN	2	9	xfwq	figs-pastforfuture	φωνεῖ	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	10	qoch	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		**Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	2	10	vu60	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **man** is used in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	10	mh3s	figs-explicit	καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω	1	drunk	This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ JHN	2	15	nn6y	writing-pronouns	πάντας	1		Here, **them all** refers to the
 JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	2	17	q91v	figs-explicit	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly and designate which Old Testament author wrote this. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, **consume** is used figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it was a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ JHN	3	3	svpx	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1		The phrase **born a
 JHN	3	3	t8pt		γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1	born again	Here, the word translated **again** could also be translated as “from above.” It could refer to: (1) spiritual rebirth as a second birth that takes place in addition to physical birth. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “would be born again” (2) spiritual rebirth as a birth that is caused by God, in which case “above” is a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: “would be born from above” (3) spiritual rebirth as both a second birth and a birth caused by God. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “would be born again by God”
 JHN	3	3	i0ew	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	3	ikj9	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	kingdom of God	This phrase is a metaphor for the rule of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]]) Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	4	z64b		λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	a second time	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said to him”
+JHN	3	4	z64b	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	a second time	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	3	4	wa1p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν?	1	How can a man be born when he is old?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	4	yk9d	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι?	1	He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	5	il52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -441,18 +441,18 @@ JHN	4	3	op81	writing-pronouns	ἀφῆκεν	1		Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If
 JHN	4	3	dm2t	translate-names	τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	he left Judea and went back again to Galilee	These are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	4	tds9	translate-names	τῆς Σαμαρείας	1		This is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	5	ukxr	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔρχεται οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in verse [3](../04/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN	4	5	ff7t		ἔρχεται	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came”
+JHN	4	5	ff7t	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	5	vqjm	translate-names	Συχὰρ	1		This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	6	bd8s	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ	1		Here, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	6	vwdf	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “When Jesus came to Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	6	lovl	grammar-connect-logic-result	κεκοπιακὼς	1		This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	6	mwi2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας	1		This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	6	yjzo		ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates a time in the middle of the day, when it would be the hottest. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
-JHN	4	7	kswz		ἔρχεται…λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came … said”
+JHN	4	7	kswz	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	7	g82d	figs-imperative	δός μοι πεῖν	1	Give me some water	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	4	7	urgd	figs-ellipsis	δός μοι πεῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	4	8	u29c	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	For his disciples had gone	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and brought the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	4	9	dpoh		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	4	9	dpoh	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	9	l2qh	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	Then the Samaritan woman said to him	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης?	1	How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink?	John records the woman using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	9	px8w		οὐ…συνχρῶνται	1	have no dealings with	Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”
@@ -462,28 +462,28 @@ JHN	4	10	ed4r	figs-possession	τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus i
 JHN	4	10	oywu	figs-123person	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…ᾔτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “who I am who is saying to you … would have asked me, and I would have given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	4	10	ua0b	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ λέγων σοι, δός μοι πεῖν,	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who is asking you to give him a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	4	10	zub5	figs-extrainfo	ὕδωρ ζῶν	1	living water	The phrase **living water** usually refers to moving or flowing water. However, Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, the woman does not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to her in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	4	11	pf7q		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	4	11	pf7q	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	11	mw2b		κύριε	1		The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	4	11	nwln		τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse.
 JHN	4	12	di9q	figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ?	1	You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob … cattle?	The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Jacob, who gave us the well and drank from it himself, and his sons and his cattle!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	12	sj7n	figs-ellipsis	ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν	1	drank from it	Here, John records the woman leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “drank water from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	4	13	leu7		διψήσει πάλιν	1	will be thirsty again	Alternate translation: “will need to drink water again”
 JHN	4	14	udxp	figs-exmetaphor	ὃς δ’ ἂν πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει…τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος, ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Jesus speaks about receiving the Holy Spirit by continuing the metaphor of water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “but whoever is like one who drinks from the water that I will give him will be like one who never thirsts … the water that I will give him will become like a fountain of water in him, resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	15	vzoy		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	4	15	vzoy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	15	iz1p		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	4	15	hd9f		ἀντλεῖν	1	draw water	Here, **draw** refers to scooping water out of a well using a container that can hold water. Alternate translation: “get water” or “pull water up from the well”
-JHN	4	16	ii7c		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
-JHN	4	17	h5pt		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	4	16	ii7c	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	4	17	h5pt	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	17	bg94	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You have rightly said that you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	19	tzs3		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	4	19	tzs3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	19	c2qi	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	20	hp3m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Our fathers	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	20	keg4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1		The word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	20	m27n	figs-explicit	ὁ τόπος	1		Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	21	klz9		λέγει	1	Believe me	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	4	21	klz9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Believe me	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	21	tisq		γύναι	1		Here, **woman** refers to the Samaritan woman. If it is impolite to call someone “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
 JHN	4	21	eccs	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	21	ff27	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -497,17 +497,17 @@ JHN	4	23	k1gf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ
 JHN	4	23	fb51		ἐν πνεύματι	1	in spirit and truth	Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Alternate translation: “with their spirits” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit”
 JHN	4	23	utt7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in … truth	Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	24	pfdv		ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
-JHN	4	25	ip1u		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	4	25	ip1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	25	lp44	figs-explicit	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah … Christ	**Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	25	ek2f	writing-pronouns	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **he** and **that one** refer to the Messiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah may come, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	25	u8nb	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	he will explain everything to us	The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	25	izgt	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		When the woman said “us,” she was including who she was speaking to, so languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the inclusive form in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	4	26	lvgs		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	4	26	lvgs	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	26	rbgo	figs-123person	ὁ λαλῶν σοι	1		Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I who am speaking to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	4	27	vk5j		ἐπὶ τούτῳ	1	At that moment his disciples returned	Alternate translation: “at the time he said this” or “just as Jesus was saying this”
 JHN	4	27	p39j	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει	1	Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman	In the culture of that time, it was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if they were alone or if that woman was a Samaritan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they were amazed that he was speaking alone with an unknown woman because people didn’t usually do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	27	cbc9		τί ζητεῖς?	1	no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?”	This question could be spoken to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “What do you want from this woman?” (2) the woman. Alternate translation: “What do you want from him?”
-JHN	4	28	f13n		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	4	28	f13n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	28	iu9d	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		Here, **the men** could refer to: (1) the men who lived in the nearby town and would have been working out in the fields at that time. Alternate translation: “to the men of the town” (2) the people who lived in the nearby town. Alternate translation: “to the people of the town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	29	dl18		μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This could not be the Christ, could it?	This question is not a rhetorical question. The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer. However, the fact that she asked the question instead of making a statement indicates that she is uncertain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows her uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that this is the Christ?”
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	Alternate translation
 JHN	4	31	z7wy	figs-imperative	Ῥαββεί, φάγε	1		Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here, Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing Gods will, as he states in verse [34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	4	33	w451		μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν?	1	No one has brought him anything to eat, have they?	The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?”
-JHN	4	34	bnke		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	4	34	bnke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here, Jesus uses **food** as a metaphor that represents obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	34	l64q	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	35	u5d6	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	Do you not say	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -567,10 +567,10 @@ JHN	4	47	eqga	writing-pronouns	ἤμελλεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the roy
 JHN	4	48	u73r	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe	This statement is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	4	48	hlts	figs-you	ἴδητε…πιστεύσητε	1		The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	48	n3ot	figs-hendiadys	σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα	1		This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of Jesus’ miraculous **signs**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-JHN	4	49	ui6f		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	4	49	ui6f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	49	y3vi		κύριε	1		The royal official calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. See how you translated this word in [4:11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	4	49	ycdt	figs-imperative	κατάβηθι	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “please come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN	4	50	n5mo		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	4	50	n5mo	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	50	cbtv	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	50	uwa3	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ	1	believed the word	Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	51	a5gw	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	While	In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -592,12 +592,12 @@ JHN	5	2	dt12	translate-names	Βηθζαθά	1	Bethesda	This is the name of a pla
 JHN	5	2	luz3		στοὰς	1	roofed porches	These **porches** were structures with roofs that had at least one wall missing and were attached to the sides of buildings.
 JHN	5	5	r1gt	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1		This verse introduces the man lying beside the pool as a new character to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	5	5	bez8	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐκεῖ	1	was there	Here, **there** refers to the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	6	w97q		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	he said to him	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said to him”
+JHN	5	6	w97q	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	he said to him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	7	aeu3		κύριε	1	Sir, I do not have	The man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	5	7	ny5f	figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	when the water is stirred up	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Verse [4](../05/04.md) indicates who the man believed was doing the action. Alternate translation: “when an angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	7	kul6		εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν	1	into the pool	See how you translated **pool** in verse [2](../05/02.md).
 JHN	5	7	u93g		ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει	1	another steps down before me	The man believed that only the first person to enter the water after the water stirred would be healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another goes down before me and is healed”
-JHN	5	8	eqe4		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	Get up	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said to him”
+JHN	5	8	eqe4	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Get up	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	9	i4tk	writing-background	δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Now that day	John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in verses [10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “On the day that Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	10	ja3x	figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	So the Jews said to him who was healed	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “So the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	10	qydu	figs-activepassive	τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form and you could say who did the action, as is indicated in the previous verses. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ JHN	5	13	tijo	figs-ellipsis	τίς ἐστιν	1		John is leaving out some of th
 JHN	5	13	sgx1	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ	1		This could refer to: (1) the reason why Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “because a crowd was in the place” (2) the time when Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “while a crowd was in the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	13	qzpi	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλου	1		The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	5	14	rl0k	grammar-connect-time-sequential	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		This phrase indicates that what follows occurred after the Jewish leaders had spoken with the man who had been healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After this conversation between the Jewish leaders and this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN	5	14	h1ri		εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus found him	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him”
+JHN	5	14	h1ri	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει	1	Jesus found him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	14	qo3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the healed man … that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	14	h39z	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	See	John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	15	auad	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ JHN	6	4	ri55	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ
 JHN	6	5	thts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here could mean: (1) what follows is the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Next” (2) what follows is the result of what happened in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	6	5	cxta	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “looking up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	5	v4hi	grammar-collectivenouns	πολὺς ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	6	5	pzhc		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	6	5	pzhc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		**Philip** is the name of a man who was one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here,
 JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 JHN	6	8	ih44	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ…αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** and **him** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	8	gzei	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Andrew** and **Simon Peter** are names of men who were Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	6	8	diq0		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	6	8	diq0	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	9	k3k6	translate-unknown	πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους	1	five bread loaves of barley	The grain **barley** was a common grain eaten by the poor in Israel because it was cheaper than wheat. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/barley]]) They would bake the barley into **bread loaves**, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	9	xwu8	figs-rquestion	ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους?	1	what are these among so many?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these are not enough to feed so many!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	10	hnaw	figs-quotations	εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ποιήσατε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀναπεσεῖν.	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to make the men sit down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ JHN	6	11	mnw3	figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσας	1		John leaves out some wo
 JHN	6	11	wi9d	figs-synecdoche	διέδωκεν	1	he gave it	Here, **he** refers to “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	11	ib37	figs-explicit	τῶν ὀψαρίων	1		These **fish** are the two **fish** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the two fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	12	leym	figs-activepassive	ἐνεπλήσθησαν	1		If your language does not use passive voice, you could say this in an active or reflexive form. Alternate translation: “they had finished eating” or “they had filled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	6	12	z5o3		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
+JHN	6	12	z5o3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	12	qp1n	figs-quotations	λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, συναγάγετε	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he says to his disciples to gather up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	6	13	h64z	translate-unknown	κοφίνους	1		Here, **baskets** refers to large baskets that were used for carrying food and goods while traveling. If your language has a word for this kind of basket, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “large traveling baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	14	d7lp	figs-gendernotations	οἱ…ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -773,8 +773,8 @@ JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figura
 JHN	6	18	z381	figs-activepassive	ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had two, four, or six people who **rowed** with oars together on each side side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having pushed the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and one half or five and one half kilometers” or “about thee or three and one half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
-JHN	6	19	diko		θεωροῦσιν	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “they saw”
-JHN	6	20	tjg9		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
+JHN	6	19	diko	figs-pastforfuture	θεωροῦσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	6	20	tjg9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	21	qtw5	figs-explicit	ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1	they were willing to receive him into the boat	It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	22	v8cn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	22	ho60	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ JHN	6	23	hwtc	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the Lord** refers to
 JHN	6	23	sqke	figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου	1		John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	24	f7t2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	6	24	cql6		ἔστιν ἐκεῖ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “were there”
+JHN	6	24	cql6	figs-pastforfuture	ἔστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	24	o7vs	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -804,6 +804,7 @@ JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, *
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If that use of **fathers** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	31	gzqv	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	31	fjoo	writing-pronouns	ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		**He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -857,6 +858,7 @@ JHN	6	44	um43	figs-gendernotations	αὐτόν…αὐτὸν	1		Although the pr
 JHN	6	44	s6b5	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	44	g2ia	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	45	j1af	figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	If your language does not use passive voice, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	6	45	jg6g	writing-quotations	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	Here Jesus uses **It is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 54:13](../../isa/54/13.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written by the prophets in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	45	wnjr	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in the prophets that all will be taught by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	45	fken	figs-activepassive	ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use passive voice, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will teach all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	45	orme	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -899,7 +901,7 @@ JHN	6	55	tw5g	figs-extrainfo	σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου	1		Here, John re
 JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-extrainfo	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	55	j4ud	figs-doublet	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1		As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	56	eaoy	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα	1		See how you translated this in verse [54](../06/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	56	u3w4	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει	1	remains in me	Here and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates having a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a personal relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	56	u3w4	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει	1	remains in me	Here and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	56	rjpa	figs-ellipsis	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I remain in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	57	y334	figs-explicit	ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ	1		Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. This is also how Jesus used **living** in verse [51](../06/51.md). See how you translated **living** in verse [51](../06/51). Alternate translation: “the Father who causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	57	krma	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -972,7 +974,7 @@ JHN	7	4	mc8r	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς	1		J
 JHN	7	4	f33j	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	5	mz2b	writing-background	οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν	1	For even his brothers did not believe in him	This sentence is a break from the main story line as John provides some background information about the brothers of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ brothers said this because even they didn’t believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	5	bs7f	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	See how you translated this in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN	7	6	bcul		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	7	6	bcul	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	7	6	n5bj	figs-metonymy	ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν	1	My time has not yet come	This could mean: (1) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to go to Jerusalem for the festival because God had not yet told him to go. This meaning explains why he eventually went to the festival in verse [10](../07/10.md). Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (2) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to publicly reveal himself as the Messiah, which is what his brothers wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	6	z9gv	figs-yousingular	ὁ ὑμέτερος	1		All instances of “you” and **your** in verses [6–8](../07/06.md) are plural. They only refer to Jesus’ brothers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	7	6	shs9		ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος	1	your time is always ready	Alternate translation: “but any time is good for you”
@@ -1092,7 +1094,7 @@ JHN	7	49	y4wf	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν νόμον	1		See how you translat
 JHN	7	49	jk8j	figs-activepassive	ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has cursed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	7	50	u5ha	writing-background	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier	John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is and the conversation he had with Jesus that is recorded in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this man was a Pharisee who had spoken with Jesus at an earlier time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	50	yw8i		εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Alternate translation: “although he was one of them” or “despite being one of them”
-JHN	7	50	hj1u		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	7	50	hj1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	7	51	ia3j	figs-rquestion	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ?	1	Does our law judge a man … what he does?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	51	y8df	figs-personification	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ	1	Does our law judge a man	Here, Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know … is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	51	c2h5	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, **a man** does not refer to a specific man. It refers to any man in general. Alternate translation: “any man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -1191,7 +1193,7 @@ JHN	8	37	ph1q	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς	1	my word	Here, **word
 JHN	8	38	m62y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	I say what I have seen with my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	38	f9yu	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε	1	you also do what you heard from your father	In this clause, Jesus uses the phrase **the father** to refer to the devil. Despite using the same words as in the previous clause, here Jesus is not referring to God. However, since Jesus did not yet reveal what he meant when he used this phrase, but was speaking ambiguously, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” If that use of **father** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	39	wg9n		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	8	39	wg9n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, the word **children** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	39	xcnx	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	40	s615	writing-pronouns	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1285,7 +1287,7 @@ JHN	9	11	nii1	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς	1	smeared
 JHN	9	11	a42y	figs-explicit	πηλὸν ἐποίησεν	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt with saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	11	b5zf	figs-explicit	νίψαι…καὶ νιψάμενος	1		See how you translated **wash** in [verse 7](../09/07.md). Alternate translation: “wash your eyes … and having washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	11	ajxb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sight** in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	9	13	cu14		ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “they brought him”
+JHN	9	13	cu14	figs-pastforfuture	ἄγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	9	14	dl48	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	14	ef0w	figs-explicit	τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If your readers might misunderstanding this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	14	qxy9	figs-metonymy	ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1297,7 +1299,7 @@ JHN	9	16	h0tt	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ
 JHN	9	16	k4sy	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν?	1	How can a man who is a sinner do such signs?	Some people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A sinner cannot possibly do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	16	qn73		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	9	16	jeyz	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	9	17	lxnf		λέγουσιν	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “they asked”
+JHN	9	17	lxnf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	9	17	glud	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this clause might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	17	lcb3	figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	18	y3wn	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -1451,7 +1453,7 @@ JHN	10	27	f7y8	figs-idiom	ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι	1		Here, Jesus uses
 JHN	10	28	bpx3	figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	no one will snatch them out of my hand	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this use of **hand** and **snatch** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	29	g82a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι	1	My Father, who has given them to me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	29	k1ya	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός	1	the hand of the Father	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	10	30	xok8	figs-explicit	ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Here, the word translated **one** means to be completely united. It does not mean to be the same identical person. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. If this use of **one** might be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “are united in purpose and character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	30	xok8	figs-explicit	ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this use of **one** might be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	30	rs4j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I and the Father are one	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	31	fl8i	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews took up stones	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	31	a42t	figs-explicit	ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν	1		**The Jews** opposing Jesus are outraged at what Jesus said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they wanted to kill him with stones because he had made himself equal to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might stone him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1465,6 +1467,7 @@ JHN	10	33	w0v8	figs-explicit	βλασφημίας	1		Here, the **Jews** use the
 JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	This phrase means to claim to be God. It does not mean to try to make oneself into God or become God. Alternate translation: “claiming to be God”
 JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	34	tb1l	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	10	34	smk1	writing-quotations	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	10	34	rycn	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this use of **law** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Here, Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	10	34	h189	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -1510,25 +1513,26 @@ JHN	11	4	ad99	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son o
 JHN	11	5	j6r4	writing-background	ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον	1	Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	5	w6tg	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus	Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and Lazarus was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **sister** here. Alternate translation: “younger sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	6	vx3p	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** connects this verse to the previous verse in order to indicate that Jesus delayed going to Lazarus because he loved him and his sisters. Jesus’ delay is not in contrast to his love for them. Although Lazarus’s family would suffer for a short time, they would experience a great blessing when Jesus brought Lazarus back to life. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus loved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	11	7	zq1l		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
+JHN	11	7	zq1l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	8	p4x9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	8	y4jm	figs-rquestion	πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ?	1	Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?	Here, the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας?	1	Are there not twelve hours of light in a day?	Jesus uses the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here, Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	11	11	fan2		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
+JHN	11	11	fan2	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-euphemism	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **wake him out of sleep** figuratively to refer to his plan to bring Lazarus back to life. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	12	hn2j	figs-euphemism	εἰ κεκοίμηται	1	if he has fallen asleep	See how you translated **fallen asleep** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	13	h3kl	writing-background		0		In this verse, John briefly stops telling the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ conversation with his disciples. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	13	tt6v	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνοι	1		Here, **those ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	11	13	leg3		λέγει	1		If this use of present tense in past narration would not be natural in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he was speaking”
+JHN	11	13	leg3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	13	pf8u	figs-possession	τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου	1		John is using the possessive form to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	11	14	azy3		τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ	1	Then Jesus said to them plainly	Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
 JHN	11	15	c4wj		δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	for your sakes	Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good”
 JHN	11	15	ar2j	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα πιστεύσητε	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	11	16	e043	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		**Thomas** is the name of a man, one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	16	dzc3	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	who was called Didymus	If your language does not us the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	11	16	ymy6	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	This is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	11	16	ymy6	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	This is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas’ other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	17	we1k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ	1	he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put him in the tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	18	icrj	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἡ Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	fifteen stadia away	This verse gives background information about the place where this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place in Bethany, which was near Jerusalem and was about 15 stadia away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	18	d35v	translate-bdistance	ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	fifteen stadia away	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two miles away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@@ -1538,10 +1542,10 @@ JHN	11	19	m26v	translate-kinship	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	about their brother
 JHN	11	20	k7dy	figs-quotations	ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται	1	about their brother	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this statement as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “she heard that Jesus was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	11	21	ef5h	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου	1	my brother would not have died	**Martha** is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but she knows that the condition is not true. **Jesus** had not been there and her **brother** had **died**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if you had been here, but you were not, my brother would not have died, but he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	11	21	g9xt	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός	1	my brother would not have died	See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN	11	23	c1rc		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	11	23	c1rc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	23	j8p2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Your brother will rise again	Here, **rise again** is an idiom that refers to a died person becoming alive **again**. If this use of **rise again** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	23	hf5m	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός	1	Your brother will rise again	See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN	11	24	f0qy		λέγει	1	he will rise again	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	11	24	f0qy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	he will rise again	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	24	z7el	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise again	See how you translated **rise again** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	24	bco7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	he will rise again	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **resurrection**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “when God resurrects people” or “when God brings people back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	11	24	lxqk	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]). Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1552,7 +1556,7 @@ JHN	11	25	ef7a	figs-explicit	ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **live** refers to
 JHN	11	26	a6gs	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ζῶν	1	whoever lives and believes in me will never die	Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **living**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	26	fue3	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Here, **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **die**, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:50](../06/50.md). Alternate translation: “may certainly not not die spiritually into eternity” or “may certainly not experience spiritual death into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	26	js8v	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Here, Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “may certainly live into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-JHN	11	27	mk4e		λέγει	1	She said to him	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	11	27	mk4e	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	She said to him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	27	y83q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	11	27	au1i	figs-explicit	ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος	1		This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	28	yd61	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	she went away and called her sister Mary	See how you translated **sister** in [verse 5](../11/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
@@ -1573,10 +1577,10 @@ JHN	11	37	b3at	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοί
 JHN	11	37	a76u	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ	1	opened the eyes	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “who caused the blind man to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	11	38	e72n		ἐμβριμώμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 33](../11/33.md).
 JHN	11	38	xu7k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it	John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had entombed Lazarus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place Lazarus was entombed was a cave that had a stone laying against it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	11	39	hevw		λέγει…λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said … said”
+JHN	11	39	hevw	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	39	l2pd	translate-kinship	ἡ ἀδελφὴ	1	Martha, the sister of Lazarus	**Martha** was Lazarus’ oldest **sister**. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a older or oldest **sister** here. Alternate translation: “the oldest sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	39	lt1d	figs-explicit	τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν	1		This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	40	c082		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	11	40	c082	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	40	q5mw	figs-rquestion	οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God?	Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that God is about to do something wonderful. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly said to you that, if you believe, you would see the glory of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	40	mpl5	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “if you believe in me” or “if you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	40	pbc9	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This could mean: (1) God receives the glory. Alternate translation: “the glorification of God” or “God glorified” (2) glory that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the glory from God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -1585,7 +1589,7 @@ JHN	11	41	j54b	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is a
 JHN	11	42	gw6t	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people that is standing around” or “the many people who are standing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	11	44	x4cb	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο	1	his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone having bound his feet and hands with cloths, and someone having bound his face with a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	44	h203	translate-unknown	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο	1	his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth	Wrapping a dead body in strips of **cloth** was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his feet and hands having been bound with burial cloths, and his face having been wrapped with a burial cloth” or “his feet, hands, and face having been wrapped in clothes for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	11	44	n5yj		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	11	44	n5yj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	45	rlf4			0	General Information:	[Verses 45–54] explain what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead.
 JHN	11	45	ksi3		τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
 JHN	11	47	yl3k	figs-explicit	Συνέδριον	1		The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the highest ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1639,7 +1643,7 @@ JHN	12	3	qblr	figs-possession	μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυ
 JHN	12	3	b3sa	translate-unknown	νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου	1	nard	The **perfumed oil** was made from the **oil** of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” The **oil** is extracted from the roots of this plant. If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	12	3	pq7c	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου	1	The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the fragrance of the perfumed oil filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	4	frgx	translate-names	Ἰούδας ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the one who would betray him	**Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	4	qbja		λέγει	1	the one who would betray him	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	12	4	qbja	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the one who would betray him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	12	5	e8d7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς?	1	Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor?	Judas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he though the **perfumed oil** should not be poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	5	dx9e	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων	1	denarii	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “for 300 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 JHN	12	5	tted	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1		Judas is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -1658,7 +1662,7 @@ JHN	12	8	kn28	figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	Bu
 JHN	12	9	qm36	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. This break continues until the end of [verse 11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	9	i6mn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	9	ycv6	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to people from Judea. See the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	12	9	ilgp		ἐστιν	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he was”
+JHN	12	9	ilgp	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	12	9	yokk	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	10	nt9p		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		See how you translated this word in [11:53](../11/53.md).
 JHN	12	10	b9ri	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν	1		Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1703,7 +1707,7 @@ JHN	12	21	lr8c	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδὰ	1	Bethsaida	**Bethsaida** is th
 JHN	12	21	c8qt		κύριε	1		The Greeks call **Philip** **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	12	21	xgoj	figs-declarative	θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν	1		The Greeks are using a statement to make a request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “may we see Jesus?” or “could you take us to see Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	12	22	e9vn	figs-explicit	λέγει τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ	1		**Philip** tells **Andrew** about the Greeks’ request to see **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speaks to Andrew what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	22	vzih		ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγει…ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγουσιν	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “went and spoke … went and spoke”
+JHN	12	22	vzih	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγει…ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	12	22	b9re	figs-explicit	λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		**Philip** and **Andrew** tell **Jesus** about the Greeks’ request to see him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speak to Jesus about what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	jl9u	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified	Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four. Alternate translation: “The point in time has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	23	zj5j	figs-explicit	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Here, Jesus refers to his upcoming death, resurrection, and return to heaven as the time when he would be **glorified**. If this use of **glorified** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the Son of Man might be glorified through his death, resurrection, and ascension” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1805,21 +1809,21 @@ JHN	13	2	iq56	translate-names	Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη
 JHN	13	3	qtr3	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1	Father	Here, the word **Knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	13	3	fd2t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything over into his hands	Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this use of **hands** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	13	4	t7cu		ἐγείρεται…τίθησιν	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense **gets up** and **takes off** in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He got up … took off”
+JHN	13	4	t7cu	figs-pastforfuture	ἐγείρεται…τίθησιν	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	4	nm8h	figs-explicit	ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this use of **gets up from supper** might confuse your readers, you could sat the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	4	a9yt		τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person's regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear.
 JHN	13	4	gfe4	figs-explicit	λαβὼν λέντιον	1		Here, **towel** refers to piece of cloth that is long enough to wrap around Jesus' waist and still has enough leftover cloth to wipe the disciples' feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken a long towel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	5	qfqd		βάλλει	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he poured”
+JHN	13	5	qfqd	figs-pastforfuture	βάλλει	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	5	adm9	figs-activepassive	ᾧ ἦν διεζωσμένος	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that he had tied around himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	13	6	hevx		ἔρχεται…λέγει	1	Lord, are you going to wash my feet?	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … He said”
+JHN	13	6	hevx	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…λέγει	1	Lord, are you going to wash my feet?	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	6	bz27	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας?	1	Lord, are you going to wash my feet?	**Peter** is using a rhetorical question here to show that he does not want Jesus to wash his feet. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash my feet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	13	7	o7nf	figs-explicit	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. If this use of **these things** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the events that are about to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	8	oy8j		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	13	8	oy8j	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	8	f6dg	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	If I do not wash you, you have no share with me	**Jesus** uses two negative statements to convince **Peter** to allow him to **wash** his **feet**. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I must wash you so that you can have a share with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	13	8	m90p	figs-explicit	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here, Jesus’ use of **no share with me** could imply: (1) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to receive his **share** of the inheritance that God promised to give his people. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will not share in God’s promised inheritance with me” (2) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being his disciple. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will no longer be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	9	bjgq		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	13	9	bjgq	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	9	irnh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον,	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “wash not only my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	13	10	dp8l		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	13	10	dp8l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to dirty roads. If this use of **washed** and **feet** might be confusing in your language, you could say their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	10	bbon	figs-activepassive	ὁ λελουμένος	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who someone had washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	10	o25q	figs-metaphor	ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** figuratively to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this use of **clean** might be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1857,18 +1861,18 @@ JHN	13	23	p2ee	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesu
 JHN	13	24	eido	figs-explicit	τούτῳ	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this use of **this one** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	25	iqcj	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this use of **that one** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	25	kqza	figs-explicit	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	[Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	25	b22k		λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	13	25	b22k	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	26	qpj8	translate-names	Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη	1		See how you translated this phrase in [13:2](../13/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	13	27	r8lk	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	Then after the bread	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	27	xk39	figs-idiom	τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Satan entered into him	Here, **entered into** is an idiom that means **Satan** took complete control of Judas. If this idiom would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	13	27	agd7		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	13	27	agd7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	28	r37z	writing-background		0		In [verses 28–29](../13/28.md), John interrupts the main story line in order to provide background information about the disciples’ confusion. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	28	fl66	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1		See how you translated **reclining to eat** in [verse 23](../13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	29	yagv		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	13	29	yagv	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	29	p66v	figs-explicit	ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [12:12](../12/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	29	rv4z	figs-quotations	τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ	1	that he should give something to the poor	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Give something to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	13	30	dw7m	writing-background	ἦν δὲ νύξ	1	It was night	Here John provides background information about the time of day when Judas **went out** to betray Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	13	31	wi4o		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	13	31	wi4o	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	31	apde	figs-pastforfuture	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1		In this verse, Jesus uses the past tense **has been glorified** twice figuratively in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Now the Son of Man will be glorified, and God will be glorified in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	31	d6l8	figs-activepassive	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now God will glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	31	gd4y	figs-123person	ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, have been glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1883,8 +1887,8 @@ JHN	13	33	zrqu	figs-infostructure	καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰ
 JHN	13	33	sjwl	figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this sentence in [8:21](../08/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	13	34	nmf5	figs-declarative	καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους	1	love	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “just as I have loved you, so also you must love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	13	35	kyd9	figs-hyperbole	πάντες	1	everyone	Here, Jesus uses **everyone** as an exaggeration that refers only to those people who would see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	13	36	s0gc		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
-JHN	13	37	xpt1		λέγει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
+JHN	13	36	s0gc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	13	37	xpt1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	37	ye6m	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω	1	lay down my life	See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	13	38	qp88	figs-rquestion	τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις?	1	Will you lay down your life for me?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. He knows that Peter is not really willing to **lay down** his life for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not lay down your life for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	13	38	juha	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1		Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -1892,131 +1896,189 @@ JHN	13	38	sp7p		οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρν
 JHN	13	38	ef9n	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	38	ui2h	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ	1		A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds that sing in the morning may certainly not sing before which you will deny three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	13	38	kfze	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1		Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
-JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
-JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metonymy	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	2	cp9z		ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν	1	In my Father’s house are many rooms	Alternate translation: “There are many places to live in my Father’s house”
-JHN	14	2	eca3		ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	This refers to heaven, where God lives.
+JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)<br>2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God lives. It does not refer to the temple in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also calls him the Spirit of Truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
+JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus is reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
+JHN	14	1	ughe	figs-you		0		In verses 1–7, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive and rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Here, Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this use of **heart** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	1	rq43	figs-declarative	πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν Θεόν, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε	1		Both of these clauses could be: (1) commands, as in the UST. (2) statements. Alternate translation: “You believe in God; you also believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+JHN	14	2	eca3	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this use of **house** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	2	v9px	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	2	fp9r		μοναὶ πολλαί	1	many rooms	Here, **rooms** can refer to single rooms, or to larger dwellings.
-JHN	14	2	xb2y	figs-you	πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν	1	I am going to prepare a place for you	Jesus is **going to prepare a place** in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The **you** is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	This could be: (1) a metaphor that refers to “the way to God.” (2) a metaphor that refers to “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	5	e1dl		πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1	how can we know the way?	Alternate translation: “how can we know how to get there?”
-JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	This could be: (1) a metaphor that means “the true person.” (2) a metaphor that means “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: “the one who can make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: “No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	2	n3wl		εἰ δὲ μή, εἶπον ἂν ὑμῖν, ὅτι πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν	1	Father	The word translated **for** could also be translated “that,” in which case this sentence would be a question instead of a statement. With either interpretation the point of the sentence is the same: Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said in the previous sentence is true. He is going to heaven **to prepare a place for** his people. Alternate translation: “But if not, would I have told you that I am going to prepare a place for you?”
+JHN	14	3	sadi	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἐὰν πορευθῶ	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he knows that it will actually take place. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-extrainfo	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	Here, Jesus uses **the way** figuratively. This could refer to: (1) himself as the means by which people can go to God in heaven, which is clearly the meaning for **the way** in [verse 6](../14/06.md). (2) a manner of life that will eventually lead someone to be with God in heaven. Since the disciples did not understand this when Jesus said it, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	14	5	aode	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	14	5	o21d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	14	5	j2go	figs-rquestion	πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1		**Thomas** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely do not know the way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	14	6	jdwf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the truth	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	14	6	qoc0	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς	1		Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can go to God, who is in heaven. Trusting in Jesus is the only way to have access to God. If this use of **the way** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gives people access to the Father” or “the means by which one may come to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here Jesus uses **the truth** figuratively to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this use of **the truth** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	Here Jesus uses **the life** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this use of **the life** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this use of **through me** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	6	f95q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	14	7	wx89	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγνώκατε με	1	Father	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you have known me, and you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+JHN	14	8	wwv7	translate-names	Φίλιππος	1		**Philip** is the name of a man who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br>
+JHN	14	8	fy8b	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	8	kum1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα	1	Lord, show us the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	9	mr1a	figs-rquestion	τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε?	1	I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ words. Alternate translation: “Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	14	9	l3s8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα	1	Whoever has seen me has seen the Father	To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God **the Father**. **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	9	x1uh	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα?	1	How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	14	10	v2jb			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples.
-JHN	14	10	hc1z	figs-rquestion	οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν?	1	Do you not believe … in me?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe that I am in the Father and the Father is in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	14	10	e4se	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὶ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	10	pgk6		τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ	1	The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority	Alternate translation: “What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me”
-JHN	14	10	wh9w		τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1	The words that I say to you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples.
+JHN	14	9	q2iy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip?	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	14	9	mr1a	figs-rquestion	τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε?	1	I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So long a time I am with you, and you should know me, Philip!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	14	9	vx5b	figs-you	ὑμῶν…σὺ	1		The first occurrence of **you** in this verse is plural, but the second occurrence is singular. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br>
+JHN	14	9	l3s8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Whoever has seen me has seen the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	14	9	x1uh	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα?	1	How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’?	**Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying to **Philip**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You really should not say, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	14	10	hc1z	figs-rquestion	οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν?	1	Do you not believe … in me?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying to Philip. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You really should believe that I am in the Father, and the Father is in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	14	10	li33	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν	1	Do you not believe … in me?	See how you translated this expression in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	14	10	e4se	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	14	10	wh9w	figs-you	τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1	The words that I say to you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus shifts from speaking to Philip to speaking to all of his disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	14	10	pgk6	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority	Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this use of **words** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br>
 JHN	14	10	seon	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	11	ew6g	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί	1	I am in the Father, and the Father is in me	This is an idiom that means God the Father and Jesus have a unique relationship. Alternate translation: “I am one with the Father, and the Father is one with me” or “my Father and I are just as though we were one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	14	10	e3li	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in [7:3](../07/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
+JHN	14	11	ew6g	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί	1	I am in the Father, and the Father is in me	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	14	11	r2w8	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in the previous works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	12	gh64	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν,	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	14	12	h2rh		ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ	1	believes in me	This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God.
+JHN	14	12	icjc	figs-infostructure	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, κἀκεῖνος ποιήσει	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me will also do the works that I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+JHN	14	12	h2rh	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	12	ui5t	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and he will do greater works than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	12	cn14	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	13	n2id	figs-metonymy	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	13	i138	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	so that the Father will be glorified in the Son	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	14	13	j6nh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	14	sgk6	figs-metonymy	ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω	1	If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it	Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	16	tu1e		Παράκλητον	1	Comforter	This refers to the Holy Spirit.
-JHN	14	17	sc6r		Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
-JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “whom the unbelieving people in this world will never welcome” or “whom those who oppose God will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Here Jesus implies that he **will not leave** his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	19	r5q8	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here the **world** is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	20	b87j		γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου	1	you will know that I am in my Father	God the **Father** and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: “you will know that my Father and I are just like one person”
+JHN	14	13	bn30	figs-ellipsis	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Jesus is leaving out some a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask God” or “whatever you might ask me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	14	13	n2id	figs-idiom	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Here, **ask in my name** could mean: (1) to request something as the representative of Jesus or as if Jesus himself was requesting it. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask as if I were asking” or “whatever you might ask that I would ask” (2) to request something with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	14	13	i138	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	so that the Father will be glorified in the Son	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. The one that may do the action could be: (1) Jesus, in which case **in the Son** would mean “by the Son.” Alternate translation: “so that the Son may glorify the Father” (2) everyone who experiences the result of what has been asked. Alternate translation: “so that everyone may glorify the Father in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	14	13	j6nh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	14	13	zr8g	figs-123person	ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	Son	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase in the first person. Alternate translation: “in me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	14	14	sgk6	figs-idiom	ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	If you ask me anything in my name	See how you translated **in my name** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	14	15	bws1	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσετε	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this use of **keep** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
+JHN	14	16	tu1e	figs-explicit	Παράκλητον	1	Comforter	**Helper** here refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this use of **Helper** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation:  “one who helps, the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	17	sc6r	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	The **Spirit of Truth** refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this term might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation:  “Holy Spirit of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	17	ms9g	figs-possession	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a difference expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	17	clz3	figs-explicit	ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	The world cannot receive him	Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Here Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this use of **orphans** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	18	k5bs	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	14	19	r5q8	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	19	yjsl	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε	1	the world	In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this use of **live** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation:  “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	19	cil5	figs-pastforfuture	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ	1	the world	Here Jesus uses the present tense **I live** to refer to when he comes back to life after his death. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Because I will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	14	20	ckki	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will know that I am in my Father	**On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation:  “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	20	b87j	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you will know that I am in my Father	In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	20	he2a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	20	ht8z		ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you are in me, and that I am in you	Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person”
-JHN	14	21	rw8n		ἀγαπῶν	1	loves	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
-JHN	14	21	gjl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	he who loves me will be loved by my Father	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and my Father will love everyone who loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	14	20	ht8z	figs-doublet	ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you are in me, and that I am in you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])<br>
+JHN	14	21	rw8n	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου	1		Jesus speaks figuratively of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could say the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	21	x8m8	figs-explicit	τηρῶν αὐτὰς	1		Here, **keeping** means obeying. See how you translated this word in [verse 15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	21	gjl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	he who loves me will be loved by my Father	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and my Father will love the one loving me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	14	21	qsu7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	22	r22b	translate-names	Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	Judas (not Iscariot)	This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	14	22	a7aa		τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	Here the word **show** refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “why will you only let us see how wonderful you are”
-JHN	14	22	gv3a	figs-metonymy	οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ	1	not to the world	Here, **world** is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	23	a9av			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot).
-JHN	14	23	xez7		ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει	1	If anyone loves me, he will keep my word	Alternate translation: “The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do”
-JHN	14	23	ai8y		ἀγαπᾷ	1	loves	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
+JHN	14	21	jd80	figs-explicit	ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν	1		This could mean: (1) Jesus will reveal himself to his disciples after his resurrection, as also stated in [verse 19](../14/19.md). Alternate translation: “I will show myself to him after I live again” (2) Jesus will reveal his character to the minds of anyone who loves and obeys him, as suggested by his statement in [verse 23](../14/23.md). Alternate translation: “I will reveal to him what I am like” (3) Jesus will both reveal himself to his disciples after his resurrection and reveal his character to everyone who loves and obeys him. Alternate translation: “I will reveal myself to him after I live again and will reveal what I am like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	22	r22b	translate-names	Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	Judas (not Iscariot)	Here, **Judas** is the name of a man who was another disciple of Jesus. He was not the other disciple named **Judas** who was from the village of Kerioth and betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	14	22	qet7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	14	22	a7aa	figs-explicit	τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	**Judas** uses the expression **what has happened** to express his confusion about what Jesus said in the previous verse. The Jewish people were expecting the Messiah to come and reveal himself to the whole **world**, but Jesus said he would only show himself to his disciples. Therefore, **Judas** thinks something has caused Jesus to act differently than he had expected. Alternate translation: “what is causing you to only show yourself to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	22	v7dr	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	When **Judas** says **us**, he is speaking of himself and Jesus’ other disciples, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	14	22	gv3a	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	not to the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br>
+JHN	14	23	xez7	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει	1	If anyone loves me, he will keep my word	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	23	xk31	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	23	h9tl	figs-explicit	πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	we will come to him and we will make our home with him	The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: “we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	24	b7di		ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1	The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me	Alternate translation: “the things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own”
-JHN	14	24	c3ju		ὁ λόγος	1	The word	Alternate translation: “the message”
-JHN	14	24	d7ay		ὃν ἀκούετε	1	that you hear	Here when Jesus says **you** he is speaking to all of his disciples.
-JHN	14	24	az71	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	23	ad6d	figs-exclusive	πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	My Father	When **Jesus** says **we** in this verse, he is speaking of himself and God the Father, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	14	23	h9tl	figs-explicit	καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	we will come to him and we will make our home with him	This clause refers to God and **Jesus** dwelling within the person who **loves** and obeys **Jesus**. After Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven, he and God live inside every believer through the Holy Spirit. If **make a dwelling place with** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and we will live within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	24	dj2n	figs-metonymy	τοὺς λόγους μου…τηρεῖ	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	24	c3ju	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	The word	Here, **word** refers to what Jesus has just said in the preceding verses. If this use of **word** would confuse your readers, you could say that meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things I have just said” or “this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	24	d7ay	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς	1	that you hear	Here, **mine** refers to the source of what Jesus has said. What Jesus has said did not come from himself, but from God. If this use of **mine** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not come from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	24	ke2f	figs-possession	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the source of **the word**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has come from the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	14	24	az71	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	jhdc	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ…Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	14	26	lbgf	figs-infostructure	ὁ δὲ Παράκλητος, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, καὶ ὑπομνήσει ὑμᾶς πάντα ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν.	1	Father	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse. Alternate translation: “Now the Helper will teach you everything, and he will remind you of everything that I said to you. He is the Holy Spirit whom the Father will send in my name.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+JHN	14	26	n7ez		ὁ…Παράκλητος	1	Father	See how you translated this in [verse 16](../14/16.md).
 JHN	14	26	hk8n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	27	nx8a	figs-metonymy	κόσμος	1	world	Here, the **world** is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	27	m6qq	figs-metonymy	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω	1	Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	28	s8bx		ἠγαπᾶτέ	1	loved	This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
+JHN	14	26	jjhy	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Father	Here, **in my name** could mean: (1) as the representative of Jesus or in place of Jesus. Alternate translation: “as my representative” or “in place of me” (2) with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	14	26	ig83	figs-hyperbole	πάντα	1		Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	14	27	t9c4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Here Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	27	jve8	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	14	27	i7gm	figs-explicit	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Here, **as the world gives** could mean: (1) the manner in which **the world gives** **peace**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you in the manner that the world gives” (2) the type of **peace** that **the world gives**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you the kind of peace that world gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	27	nx8a	figs-metonymy	κόσμος	1	world	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	27	m6qq	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid	See how you translated this clause in [verse 1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
+JHN	14	28	s8bx	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, ὑπάγω καὶ ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said to you that I am going away, and I will come back to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+JHN	14	28	ayiy	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἠγαπᾶτέ με, ἐχάρητε ἄν	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that at this point his disciples don’t truly love him in the way that they should. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If you loved me, but you don’t, you would be glad, but your aren’t” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	14	28	s3t3	figs-explicit	πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	I am going to the Father	Here Jesus implies that he will return to his **Father**. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	28	gtk5	figs-explicit	ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν	1	the Father is greater than I	Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	28	ymq4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	30	ah3s		τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων	1	ruler of this world	Here, the **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
-JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται…ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων	1	ruler … is coming	Here Jesus implies that Satan **is coming** to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
-JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Here the **true vine** is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	my Father is the gardener	Here, the **gardener** is a metaphor. A “gardener” is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	28	gtk5	figs-explicit	ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν	1	the Father is greater than I	Here Jesus could mean: (1) that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (2) that Jesus functions in a subordinate role to the Father for all time. Alternate translation: “the Father has a superior role than I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	28	ymq4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	14	29	cj9y	figs-ellipsis	εἴρηκα ὑμῖν	1	Father	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I have told you this” or “I have told you what will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	14	30	ah3s	figs-explicit	ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων	1	ruler of this world	Here, **the ruler of this world** refers to Satan. See how you translated this phrase in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
+JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν	1	ruler … is coming	Here **has nothing in me** means that Satan has no control over Jesus and cannot make him do anything. If this phrase might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not able to control me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	31	n3et	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do, so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)<br>2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)<br>3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–27)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Remain in me”<br><br>Jesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([John 15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “If my words remain in you” as “If you live according to my teachings.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br>
+JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)]).
+JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Here Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. The way that a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, we recommend that you translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	1	puzl	translate-unknown	ἡ ἀληθινή	1		The word translated **vine** refers specifically grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that grows fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	15	1	hqj7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	2	p311	figs-metaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει	1	He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit	Here, **Every branch** represents people, and **bearing fruit** represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	2	wt8w		αἴρει αὐτό	1	takes away	Alternate translation: “he cuts it off and takes it away”
-JHN	15	2	xej7		πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον, καθαίρει αὐτὸ	1	prunes every branch	Alternate translation: “he trims every branch that bears fruit”
-JHN	15	3	xn3j	figs-metaphor	ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	The implied metaphor here is the **clean** branches that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	my Father is the gardener	Here, Jesus uses **farmer** figuratively to refer to God. Just as a **farmer** takes care of the**vine** to ensure it is as fruitful as possible, so God takes care of his people. If this use of **farmer** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	1	t4ne		ὁ γεωργός	1	my Father is the gardener	While **farmer** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to someone who takes care of grapevines and grows grapes. Alternate translation: “vine grower” or “grape farmer”
+JHN	15	2	p311	figs-exmetaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν…καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον…ἵνα καρπὸν πλείονα φέρῃ	1	He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit	Jesus speaks about people who claim to be his disciples but are not by continuing the metaphor of a vine. In this paragraph, Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to both true and false disciples. He also uses **bearing fruit**, **bears fruit**, and **bear more fruit** figuratively to refer to living in a manner that pleases God, especially demonstrating the Christian qualities called the “fruit of the Spirit” in [Galatians 5:22–23](../../gal/05/22.md). You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Everyone who claims to be my disciple but does not please God is like a branch in me that does not bear fruit … and every person who pleases God is like a branch that bears fruit … so that he might be like a branch that bears more fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	15	2	wt8w		αἴρει αὐτό	1	takes away	Alternate translation: “he cuts it off of the vine and takes it away” or  “he breaks it off of the vine and throws it away”
+JHN	15	2	enrh		καθαίρει αὐτὸ	1	takes away	The word translated **prunes** could mean: (1) remove excess parts from a plant. Alternate translation: “he trims it” (2) to cause something to become clean. Alternate translation: “he cleans it” (3) remove excess parts from a plant in order to make it clean. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “he prunes it so that it will be clean” 
+JHN	15	3	xn3j	figs-metaphor	ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	The word translated **clean** is related to the word translated “prunes” in the previous verse. Here Jesus uses **clean** to imply that the branches have already been cleaned by pruning off the excess parts. If this use of **clean** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “You are like branches that have already been pruned and are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	3	ls0g	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	3	l5zz	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν	1	you	The words **You** and **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	15	4	qvv9		μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Remain in me, and I in you	Alternate translation: “If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you” or “Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you”
-JHN	15	4	hn7q		ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε	1	unless you remain in me	By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: “unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything”
-JHN	15	5	mw4t	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα	1	I am the vine, you are the branches	Here, the **vine** is a metaphor that represents Jesus, and the **branches** is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	5	r4di	figs-explicit	ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	He who remains in me and I in him	Here Jesus implies that his followers are joined to him as he is joined to God. Alternate translation: “The person who stays joined to me, as I stay joined to my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	5	hzh4	figs-metaphor	οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν	1	he bears much fruit	The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear **much fruit**, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: “that person will bear much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	6	k1tm	figs-metaphor	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	6	h6cu	figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	15	6	e789	figs-activepassive	καίεται	1	they are burned up	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	15	7	m38f	figs-explicit	ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε	1	ask whatever you wish	Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you wish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	7	mcz5	figs-activepassive	γενήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be done for you	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	15	8	yq67	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It causes people to honor my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	4	qvv9	figs-explicit	μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν…ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε	1	Remain in me, and I in you	See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:56](../06/56.md). See also the discussion of **Remain in me** in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	5	mw4t	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα	1	I am the vine, you are the branches	See how you translated **vine** in [verse 1](../15/01.md) and “branch” in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	5	r4di	figs-explicit	ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	He who remains in me and I in him	See how you translated this similar expression in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	5	hzh4	figs-metaphor	οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν	1	he bears much fruit	See how you translated **bears fruit** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	5	b1qd	figs-explicit	ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	he bears much fruit	Here Jesus uses **nothing** to refer to doing **nothing** that pleases God or to lack any spiritual fruit. It does not refer to doing **nothing** at all. If this use of **nothing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “do nothing that pleases God” or “do nothing acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	6	fgnm		ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1		In middle of this verse, Jesus changes from referring to the **branch** in a singular form to a plural form. If this change would be confusing in your language, you could change the singular forms into plural forms. Alternate translation: “If people do not remain in me, they are thrown outside like branches and are dried up, and they gather them into the fire, and they are burned up”
+JHN	15	6	d5mt	figs-explicit	μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί	1		See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	6	h6cu	figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	6	k1tm	figs-metaphor	τὸ κλῆμα	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	Here Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to someone who claims to be Jesus’ disciple but is not. See how you translated the similar use of **branch** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	6	ura6	figs-metaphor	καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	The first **they** refers to an indefinite subject, but the second **they** refers to the object. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate them differently. Alternate translation: “and some helpers gather them and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up” or “and someone gathers them and throws them into the fire, and those branches are burned up”
+JHN	15	6	e789	figs-activepassive	καίεται	1	they are burned up	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	7	knr4	figs-explicit	μείνητε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	ask whatever you wish	See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous three verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	7	lpzq	figs-idiom	τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ	1	ask whatever you wish	This is an idiom that means to obey Jesus. See how you translated a similar expression in [8:31](../08/31.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	15	7	m38f	figs-ellipsis	ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε	1	ask whatever you wish	Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	15	7	mcz5	figs-activepassive	γενήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be done for you	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	8	pq2t	figs-pastforfuture	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	Jesus is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “My Father will be glorified in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	15	8	yq67	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You glorify my Father in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	8	z1ww	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	8	wpa6	figs-metaphor	ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε	1	that you bear much fruit	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “that you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	8	vtg5		γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί	1	are my disciples	Alternate translation: “show you are my disciples” or “demonstrate you are my disciples”
-JHN	15	9	nf5v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα	1	As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you	Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	9	d32z		μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	Remain in my love	Alternate translation: “Continue to accept my love”
-JHN	15	10	cu4e	figs-explicit	ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καθὼς ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	When Jesus’ followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: “When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	8	wpa6	figs-metaphor	καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε	1	that you bear much fruit	See how you translated a similar expression in [verse 5](../15/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	8	vtg5		γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί	1	are my disciples	Alternate translation: “show that you are my disciples” or “demonstrate that you are my disciples”
+JHN	15	9	nf5v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	15	9	d32z	figs-metaphor	μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	Remain in my love	Here, Jesus uses **remain in** figuratively to refer to continuing in a certain state. Jesus is commanding his disciples to continue being in a close and loving relationship with him by obeying his commands. If this use of **remain in** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continue having a loving relationship with me” or “live in a way that enables you to continue experiencing my love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	10	thg9	figs-explicit	τηρήσητε…τετήρηκα	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	Here, **keep** and **kept** refer to obeying. See how you translated this word in [14:15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	10	cu4e	figs-metaphor	μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου…μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	See how you translated the similar clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	10	k1nm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	11	rcv8		ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ	1	I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you	Alternate translation: “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have”
-JHN	15	11	r1p1	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ	1	so that your joy will be complete	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that your joy may have nothing missing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	15	13	bu8j		τὴν ψυχὴν	1	life	This refers to physical life.
-JHN	15	15	h2wv		πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν	1	everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you	Alternate translation: “I have told you everything my Father told me”
+JHN	15	11	r1p1	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ	1	so that your joy will be complete	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that you will be joyful to the fullest extent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	13	uqny		μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει, ἵνα τις τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ	1		Alternate translation: “The greatest love a person can have for his friends is to voluntarily die for them” or “The best way that a person can show that he loves his friends is to willingly die for them”
+JHN	15	13	bu8j	figs-explicit	τὴν ψυχὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to physical **life**. It does not refer to eternal life. If this use of **life** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “physical life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	13	emyr	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ	1	life	See how you translated the similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	15	15	b56f	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	16	yu3e	figs-explicit	οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε	1	You did not choose me	Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: “You did not decide to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	16	qj98	figs-metaphor	ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε	1	go and bear fruit	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	16	v3je		καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ	1	that your fruit should remain	Alternate translation: “that the results of what you do should last forever”
-JHN	15	16	z431	figs-metonymy	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν	1	whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you	Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you ask with my authority, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	16	qj98	figs-metaphor	καρπὸν φέρητε	1	bear fruit	In this verse, **bear fruit** could mean: (1) preach the gospel to people who respond by trusting in Jesus, as suggested by the use of **go** before **bear**. Alternate translation: “would lead people to believe in me” (2) live in a manner that pleases God, as **bear fruit** is used in [verses 2–8](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “would do what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	16	v3je	figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ	1	that your fruit should remain	Here, **remain** means to last forever. If this use of **remain** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and your fruit should last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 
+JHN	15	16	kc4z	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	that your fruit should remain	This phrase introduces a purpose clause. It could mean: (1) the content of this clause is the purpose for Jesus choosing his disciples. Alternate translation: “and he chose you so that whatever you would ask” (2) the content of this clause is the purpose for the disciples’ fruit remaining. Alternate translation: “and this fruit would remain so that whatever you would ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	15	16	bcy1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	18	d5ff	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, the **world** refers to the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	15	19	x6q8	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, the **world** refers to the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	15	19	xas7		ἐφίλει	1	love	This refers to human, brotherly **love** or love for a friend or family member.
-JHN	15	20	v53s	figs-metonymy	μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	Here, **word** is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	15	21	z35m	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, **because of my name** is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	16	acqo	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1		See how you translated this in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	15	17	rib2		ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the commands Jesus referred to in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “These commands” (2) the command in the second half of this verse. Alternate translation: “This”
+JHN	15	18	ntzw	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ὁ κόσμος ὑμᾶς μισεῖ	1	the world	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If the world hates you, and it does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+JHN	15	18	d5ff	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	19	aj8s	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἦτε	1	the world	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that his disciples are not **from the world**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If you were from the world, but you are not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+JHN	15	19	x6q8	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου…ὁ κόσμος…τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου…ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	19	ayo7	figs-infostructure	ὅτι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ ἐστέ, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, διὰ τοῦτο μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “But because you are not from the world, this world hates you, but I chose you from the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+JHN	15	20	v53s	figs-metonymy	μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to what he says later in this sentence. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember the teaching that I said to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	20	wzg6	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	Remember the word that I said to you	See how you translated this in [13:16](../13/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	20	a8kw	figs-metonymy	εἰ τὸν λόγον μου ἐτήρησαν…τηρήσουσιν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	21	eh1v	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	because of my name	Here, **all these things** refers to the bad things Jesus told his disciples that the unbelievers in the world would do to them in [verses 18–20](../15/18.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will hate and persecute you” 
+JHN	15	21	z35m	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, Jesus uses **my name** figuratively to refer to himself. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. If this use of **name** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	21	hs9x	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	22	m75h	figs-explicit	εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν; νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus implies here that he has shared God’s message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: “Because I have come and told them God’s message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	23	sw4l		ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ	1	He who hates me also hates my Father	To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
+JHN	15	22	m75h	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that he did come and speak to the world. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not come and spoken to them, but I did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+JHN	15	22	uble	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:41](../09/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	22	uj4o	figs-explicit	ἁμαρτίαν…ἁμαρτίας 	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Here, Jesus uses **sin** to refer specifically the the **sin** of rejecting Jesus and his teachings. It does not refer to **sin** in general, because everyone is guilty of **sin**. If this use of **sin** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sin of rejecting me and my teachings … sin of rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	23	u9u7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	24	bd47	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN	15	24	v23s		ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	they would have no sin	“they would not have any sin.” See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md).
-JHN	15	24	v6pt		καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they have seen and hated both me and my Father	To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
-JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, **word** is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “in order that the prophecy in their law might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this happened in order to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	15	25	j2m2		τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Here, **law** refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God’s instructions for his people.
-JHN	15	26	mwq6		πέμψω ὑμῖν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	will send … from the Father … the Spirit of truth … he will testify about me	God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
-JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	27	r47f	figs-explicit	καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε	1	You are also testifying	Here, **testifying** means they are telling others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “you also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here the **beginning** is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	24	bd47	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Because I have done the works that no one else did among them, they have sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+JHN	15	24	rnt4	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He has done **works that no one else did** among the people. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, but I did, they would have no sin, but they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+JHN	15	24	v23s	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	they would have no sin	See how you translated this in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	24	z6we	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἑωράκασιν 	1		The object of the verb **seen** could be: (1) **the works** referred to earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen the works” (2) Jesus and the **Father** referred to at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen me and my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	15	24	v6pt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they have seen and hated both me and my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this use of **word** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this use of **beginning** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
 JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here the phrase **fall away** implies to stop putting one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

en_tn_53-1TH.tsv

@@ -13,21 +13,20 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	1	2	o7cp	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε…μνείαν ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν ἡμῶν, ἀδιαλείπτως	1		Here, the words **always** and **continually** are exaggerations that figuratively express the intensity and frequency of the prayers offered up to God by Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy for the Thessalonians. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We regularly give thanks to God for all of you, very often making mention of you in our prayers” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole)
 1TH	1	3	ecw0	figs-idiom	μνημονεύοντες	1		The main verb of this sentence is “we give thanks” (See [1:2](../01/02.md)). The phrase **remembering…before our God and Father** is an idiom that also means to thank God in prayer. The apostles are remembering these things about the Thessalonians and thanking God for them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could move the phrase **before our God and Father** to follow **remembering**. Alternate translation: “offering thanks for…to our God and Father” or “gratefully mentioning to our God and Father” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
 1TH	1	3	w769	figs-possession	τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τοῦ κόπου τῆς ἀγάπης, καὶ τῆς ὑπομονῆς τῆς ἐλπίδος	1		Paul uses three pairs of words in a possessive relationship here. The most likely meaning of this possessive relationship is that the second word of each pair is the motivation for the first word of the pair. Alternate translation: “work motivated by faith and labor because of love and endurance based on future promises” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession)
-1TH	1	3	kr8q	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The words **hope in our Lord Jesus Christ** is a possessive form. The relationship between **our Lord Jesus Christ** and **hope** could be: (1) Jesus is the object of hope. Alternate translation: “that our Lord Jesus Christ will do what he has promised” (2) Jesus is the source of hope. Alternate translation: “that comes from our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession)
+1TH	1	3	kr8q	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The words **hope in our Lord Jesus Christ** is a possessive form. The relationship between **our Lord Jesus Christ** and **hope** could refer to: (1) Jesus as the object of hope. Alternate translation: “that our Lord Jesus Christ will do what he has promised” (2) Jesus as the source of hope. Alternate translation: “that comes from our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession)
 1TH	1	3	tvrg	figs-hendiadys	τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our God and Father** refers to the one divine person who is both God and Father. This phrase is a hendiadys, since Father further describes God. Alternate translation: “God our Father” or “our Father God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys)
 1TH	1	3	v01e	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our** refers to Paul, Silvanus, Timothy, and the Thessalonian church. All believers are the spiritual children of God the Father through Jesus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive)
 1TH	1	4	psc4	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	εἰδότες	1		Here, **knowing** continues the simultaneous description of how the writers of this letter “give thanks” (See UST). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 1TH	1	4	qx5o	figs-nominaladj	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase acts as nominal adjective that describes the Thessalonian Church in relational terms. They are spiritual siblings in their relationship with the writers of the letter, and beloved children in their relationship with **God** the Father (See [1:3](../01/03.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	1	4	erb6	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Throughout this letter, **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ.” If your readers would not understand what **brothers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	1	4	egkq	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1		Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TH	1	4	kiz3		ἠγαπημένοι	1		The word translated **loved** indicates a past relationship with continuing results (literally, “has been and/or continues to be loved”). If your language has this verbal distinction, you could emphasize the past and present nuances in your translation. Alternate translation: “who have always been loved” or “who are continually loved”
 1TH	1	4	j08t	figs-activepassive	ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If it is clearer in your language, this passive form **loved** could be changed to an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has always loved” (see UST)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TH	1	4	t70n	grammar-connect-logic-result	τὴν ἐκλογὴν ὑμῶν	1		This phrase **your election** is the direct objective of **knowing** and the beginning of a result clause. The reason why the writers of this letter know that the Thessalonians have been chosen as God’s people is found in the following verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	1	4	ohtl	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐκλογὴν ὑμῶν,	1		Here, **your election** is an abstract noun phrase. If this is unclear in your language, you could change this abstract noun to a verb form. Alternate translation: “that he chose you to belong to him,” or “that he ordained you to be his children,” or starting a new sentence, “God selected you to be his people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	1	5	jxfs	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		Here, **because** is the marker of a result clause. The writers of this letter are certain of the “election” and identity of the Thessalonian Church as God’s people [1:4](../01/04.md), **because** they received the gospel message in all the ways described in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	1	5	ude4	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐγενήθη εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ	1	not in word only	The writers of this letter use a contrasting clause to emphasis the multi-faceted effect of the gospel. Alternate translation: “our gospel preaching did not come to you as only a simple message, but even accompanied with power and the Holy Spirit and full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	1	5	sm4j	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐγενήθη εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ	1	not in word only	If it is clearer in your language, you could change this extended phrase to a simultaneous clause, framed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “our gospel message was completely validated: by our words, by a display of power, by the Holy Spirit, by your own full assurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-1TH	1	5	h675		ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit	This refers to: (1) the **Holy Spirit** gave the apostles the ability to preach the **gospel** powerfully. See UST (2) the **Holy Spirit** caused the preaching of the **gospel** to have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “but also empowered by the Holy Spirit” (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the **gospel** preaching through displays of **power**. Alternate translation: “but also with powerful signs from the Holy Spirit”
+1TH	1	5	h675		ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit	This phrase could refer to: (1) the **Holy Spirit** who gave the apostles the ability to preach the **gospel** powerfully. See UST (2) the **Holy Spirit** who caused the preaching of the **gospel** to have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “but also empowered by the Holy Spirit” (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the **gospel** preaching through displays of **power**. Alternate translation: “but also with powerful signs from the Holy Spirit”
 1TH	1	5	t1w3	figs-abstractnouns	πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ	1	in much assurance	Here, **assurance** is an abstract noun. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **assurance** in another way. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gave you full confidence” or “the Holy Spirit fully convinced you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	1	5	wdr7		καθὼς οἴδατε οἷοι	1		The phrase **just as you know what kind of men** is used by writers of this letter to validate the gospel message, by the example of their own conduct amongst the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “you even experienced it for yourself” or “you are well aware how we behaved”
 1TH	1	6	cs49	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ἡμῶν ἐγενήθητε καὶ τοῦ Κυρίου	1	you became imitators	If your language would not use a noun for the idea behind **imitators**, you could translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “And all of you mimicked us and the Lord” or “And all of you copied us and the Lord” or “And all of you behaved like us and the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
@@ -155,8 +154,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	15	ihh7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων; καὶ Θεῷ μὴ ἀρεσκόντων, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων	1		Here, **and** indicates that the following phrase is the result of Jews’ persecution. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes.To emphasize God’s response toward the Jews’ persecution, you could begin a new sentence with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “have persecuted us and are enemies of all people. This is why God is continually displeased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	2	15	tfc4	figs-parallelism	καὶ Θεῷ μὴ ἀρεσκόντων, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων,	1		These two phrases mean similar things. These phrases are meant to express how the Jewish persecution of Christians is the same thing as opposing God himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you can combine the phrases into one clarifying idea. Alternate translation: “and they make themselves enemies of God by how hostile they are against the Jewish and Gentile churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	2	15	g6q1	figs-possession	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων,	1		Paul is using the possessive form of **hostile** to describe how the persecutors of the Christian Church are characterized by a hostile attitude. Alternate translation: “characterized by being opposed to all people types” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	2	15	dmxm	figs-ellipsis	ἐναντίων	1		Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “are opposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	2	15	pg9u	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1		Paul refers figuratively to **all men** to mean “all people types” or “the whole human race.” Here, **all men** refers to two parts of humanity represented by Jews and Gentiles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all people types” or “to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1TH	2	15	dmxm	figs-ellipsis	ἐναντίων	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are opposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1TH	2	15	u6ko	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1		Paul speaks figuratively about **all men** to refer to “all people types” or “the whole human race.” Here, **all men** refers to two parts of humanity represented by Jews (See [2:14](../02/14.md)) and Gentiles (See [2:16](../02/16.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all people types” or “to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1TH	2	15	ywwr	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1		Here, **to all men** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to express his emotions about the hostile Jews. Paul does not mean that the Jews are hostile to every individual human being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this emphasis. Alternate translation: “toward all of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+1TH	2	15	vfyv	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+1TH	2	16	u012	figs-distinguish	κωλυόντων ἡμᾶς τοῖς ἔθνεσιν λαλῆσαι, ἵνα σωθῶσιν	1		This clause gives further information for why the Gentiles are “not pleasing to God and {are} hostile to all men” (See [2:15](../02/15.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	2	16	o0vb	figs-genericnoun	τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		Here, **Gentiles** refers to all the non-Christian nations in general, not one group of people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “among the non-Jews” or “to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1TH	2	16	r5fi	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα σωθῶσιν	1		This purpose clause gives the reason why the Jews are trying to prevent the apostles from preaching the gospel to the Gentiles. Here, **to speak** expresses the way the Gentiles **might be saved.** This clause could refer to: (1) the Jews purposely trying to keep the Gentiles from salvation. Alternate translation: “to hinder the Gentiles from being saved” (2) how the speaking is for the purpose of saving the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “in order that the Gentiles can be saved” or “for the purpose of saving the nations” The clause could also refer to both ideas. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	2	16	n2ue	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε	1	to always fill up their own sins	Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews’ sins as if they fill a container. He means that these Jews sin so much and so extremely that they can never escape God’s **wrath**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **to always fill up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “causing them to always reach the limit of their sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	16	z5fr	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι	1		This result clause explains what will happen to the Jews for **forbidding** the apostles **to speak to the Gentiles**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “as a result, God will no longer forgive their many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -185,35 +188,35 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	19	e7tl	figs-metonymy	στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	crown of boasting	Here, **crown** refers figuratively to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression **crown of boasting** means a reward for victory, or having competed well. The proof the apostles’ success will ultimately be displayed at the Second Coming of Christ, if the Thessalonian Church remains faithful to God (See [4:13-5:11](../04/13/.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “reward for victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TH	2	19	uvb4	figs-possession	στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	crown of boasting	Paul is using this possessive form to describe either: (1) product of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown that produces boasting” (2) means of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown through which we boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	2	19	h7gh	figs-metonymy	ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1	crown of boasting	Here, **before** refers to location or sphere, used as a substitute for “in front of” or “in the presence of.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus” or “in front of our Lord Jesus” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TH	2	19	mksc	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ	1	crown of boasting	Here, **his coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [3:13](../03/13.md)) or the “Day of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at his Second Coming” or “when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TH	2	19	mksc	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ	1	crown of boasting	Here, **his coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [3:13](../03/13.md)) or the “Day of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). Use a natural way in your languageto emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “at his Second Coming” or “when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	2	20	l3m0	figs-parallelism	ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά	1	crown of boasting	This verse means the same thing as “our hope or joy or crown of boasting” in [2:19](../02/19.md). Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that he is genuinely pleased with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	2	20	d8dz	figs-rpronouns	ὑμεῖς	1	crown of boasting	Paul uses the word **you** to emphasize how the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness to God brings honor and joy to the apostles. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	2	20	nlbd	figs-personification	ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά	1	crown of boasting	Here, the Thessalonian church is figuratively compared to the abstract concepts of **glory and joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TH	3	intro	j379			0		# 1 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 3<br><br>1. Timothy’s Visit (3:1-5)<br>* Apostolic concern (3:1-2)<br>* Apostolic encouragement (3:3-5)<br>2. Timothy’s Report (3:6-13)<br>* Good news (3:6-10)<br>* Apostolic prayer (3:11-13)<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first part of this chapter recounts Timothy’s visit to Thessalonica. The second part tells about his report to Paul and Silvanus at Athens. Lastly, the apostles offer a prayer on behalf of the Thessalonian Church.<br><br>## “We” and “you”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In this chapter, the Apostle Paul uses the phrase “stand firm” in [3:8](../03/08.md) as a metaphor of faithfulness to the Gospel, and “be shaken” in [3:3](../03/03.md)) as the opposite of being faithful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Use a building metaphor, the apostles pray that God will “strengthen the “hearts” of the Thessalonian Church “blameless” (See [3:13](../03/13.md).<br><br>The enemy of God’s people, “Satan” (See [2:18](../02/18.md)) is here called “the tempter” (See [3:5](../03/05.md)).<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Paul uses emotional and extreme language when speaking of his memory of the Thessalonian church. “Enduring it no longer,” the apostles and especially Paul (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)), feel compelled to find out about the spiritual condition of the church. The intensity and duration the apostles’ prayers is described as “night and day pleading earnestly” (See [3:10](../03/10.md)).<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>Here, the apostles pray that the Thessalonian Church will be preserved holy when Christ comes again with all his holy ones, or “saints” (See [3:13](../03/13.md).
-1TH	3	1	fqe3	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι,	1	enduring it no longer	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “We thought it proper to stay behind in Athens alone, because we could not restrain ourselves any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	3	1	fqe3	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι,	1	enduring it no longer	This is a result clause. Paul is explaining why he sent Timothy to Thessalonica in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “Because we could not restrain ourselves any longer, we thought it proper to stay behind in Athens alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	3	1	zvgz	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	enduring it no longer	Here, **Therefore** indicates a return to the topic of a visit from the apostles (See [2:17-18](../02/17/.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	3	1	amxf	figs-hyperbole	διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες	1	enduring it no longer	This phrase uses extreme exaggeration to express the apostles’ deep desire to visit the Thessalonian church (See [2:17](../02/17.md)). The word translated **enduring** can also convey the concept of keeping water out of a ship or trying to contain or holding something back. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that communicates anxious longing. Alternate translation: “Thus, since we could not bear to wait any longer” or “Therefore, because we could not ignore these emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-1TH	3	1	n47x	figs-explicit	ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι	1	we thought it good to be left behind at Athens alone	The assumed knowledge is that **we** and **alone** refer to Paul and Silvanus (and perhaps Timothy), since in [3:2](../03/02.md) it says “we sent Timothy.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Silas and I thought it was good idea to remain alone in Athens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	3	2	q1f7	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	our brother and a servant	Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of the apostles’ desire to visit the Thessalonian church. You can make this clear in your translation with more explicit connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Even though this was true” or “So” or “This is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	3	1	amxf	figs-hyperbole	διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες	1	enduring it no longer	This phrase uses extreme exaggeration to express the apostles’ deep desire to visit the Thessalonian church (See [2:17](../02/17.md)). The word translated **enduring** is related to the idea of keeping water out of a ship or trying to contain or holding something back. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that communicates anxious longing. Alternate translation: “Thus, since we could not bear to wait any longer” or “Therefore, because we could not ignore these emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+1TH	3	1	n47x	figs-explicit	ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι	1	we thought it good to be left behind at Athens alone	Here, **we** and **alone** refer to Paul and Silvanus (and perhaps Timothy), since in [3:2](../03/02.md) it says “we sent Timothy.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Silas and I thought it was good idea to remain alone in Athens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	3	2	q1f7	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	our brother and a servant	What follows the word **and** here is in contrast to Paul and Silvanus staying behind at Athens. Instead, they sent Timothy. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Even though this was true” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	3	2	vsoo	figs-exclusive	ἐπέμψαμεν…ἡμῶν	1	our brother and a servant	When Paul says **we** and **our**, he is exclusively speaking of himself and Silvanus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	3	2	d8yy	figs-distinguish	τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	This phrase gives us further information about Timothy. It is meant to clarify that he is authorized by the apostles and God himself. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “and we sent Timothy who is our fellow worker and an authorized servant of God” or “and we sent Timothy. He is our assistant and God’s authorized servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1TH	3	2	yyio	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Here, the metaphors **our brother** and **servant** refer to **Timothy** as a fellow apostle. If your readers would not understand what **brother** or **servant** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he assists us and ministers for God in the preaching of the gospel about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	3	2	lkvo	figs-possession	καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Here, **servant of God** likely refer to these ideas: (1) a servant in general. Alternate translation: “and a minister of God” or “and assistant to God” (2) office of deacon. Alternate translation: “and a deacon of God” or “who also serves God as a deacon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	3	2	dsnc		ἐν	1	our brother and a servant	This preposition **in** could convey a few different nuances of meaning: (1) Association. Alternate translation: “associated with” or “partnering in” (2) Cause. Alternate translation: “for the cause of” or “for the sake of” (3) Instrument. Alternate translation: “through” or “by means of”
-1TH	3	2	pqif	figs-possession	τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Paul is most likely using the possessive form to refer to **the gospel** that is “about” **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with “about.” Alternate translation: “about Christ” or concerning Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1TH	3	2	yyio	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Here, the metaphors **our brother** and **servant** refer to **Timothy** as a fellow apostle (See [2:6](..02/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brother** or **servant** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he assists us and ministers for God in the preaching of the gospel about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	3	2	lkvo	figs-possession	καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Here, **servant of God** could refer to: (1) a servant in general. Alternate translation: “and a minister of God” or “and assistant to God” (2) office of deacon. Alternate translation: “and a deacon of God” or “who also serves God as a deacon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1TH	3	2	dsnc		ἐν	1	our brother and a servant	This preposition **in** could refer to: (1) Timothy’s association with the gospel. Alternate translation: “associated with” or “partnering in” (2) the cause of the gospel. Alternate translation: “for the cause of” or “for the sake of” (3) the means of the gospel. Alternate translation: “through” or “by means of”
+1TH	3	2	pqif	figs-possession	τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Paul is most likely using the possessive form to refer to **the gospel** that is “about” **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with “about.” Alternate translation: “about Christ” or “concerning Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	3	2	x4vx	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλέσαι	1	our brother and a servant	This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he and Silvanus sent Timothy. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you would be confirmed and consoled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TH	3	3	u7vo	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ μηδένα σαίνεσθαι ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν ταύταις	1	no one be disturbed	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **afflictions** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that being distressed would not make anyone waver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	3	3	u7vo	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ μηδένα σαίνεσθαι ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν ταύταις	1	no one be disturbed	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **afflictions** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that when you are distressed it would not make anyone waver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	3	3	o4w8	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τὸ μηδένα σαίνεσθαι	1	no one be disturbed	This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for sending Timothy. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that no one would waver” or “for the purpose of keeping anyone from being deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	3	3	v8q7	grammar-collectivenouns	μηδένα σαίνεσθαι	1	no one be disturbed	The word **no one** is singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “no person wavers” or “none of you are deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1TH	3	3	t0vs	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε	1	no one be disturbed	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize what the apostles had previously told them about **afflictions**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact, you know for yourselves” or “Certainly, you are well aware of the fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1TH	3	3	cdaa	grammar-collectivenouns	εἰς τοῦτο	1	no one be disturbed	The word **this** is a singular pronoun that equates **afflictions** with a condition or state of being. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for this very thing” or “for this purpose” or “for this destiny” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+1TH	3	3	cdaa	grammar-collectivenouns	εἰς τοῦτο	1	no one be disturbed	Here, **this** refers to **afflictions**. However, in this sentence the meaning is more like a condition or state of “being afflicted” regularly or continually. The pronoun is changed to be singular to agree with this unstated idea. If you readers would not understand this shift you could change **this** to a plural pronoun or make this unstated idea explicit. Alternate translation: “for these afflictions” or “for this affliction” “for a life characterized by afflictions”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1TH	3	3	rkx9	figs-explicit	κείμεθα	1	we are appointed	Paul assumes that the Thessalonian church knows that it is God who **appointed** the apostles for **afflictions**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God appointed us” or “God destined us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	3	3	gla7	figs-exclusive	κείμεθα	1	we are appointed	Here, **we** refers exclusively to the apostles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	3	4	nm1l	writing-background	καὶ γὰρ ὅτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦμεν, προελέγομεν ὑμῖν ὅτι μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι, καθὼς καὶ ἐγένετο καὶ οἴδατε.	1	to suffer affliction	Paul is giving background information about his previous visit. He encourages the Thessalonian church that he sent Timothy to remind them of what he had already told them about apostolic sufferings. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the last time we visited you, we kept telling you before it happened, ‘We are destined to be afflicted.’ You are well aware that it happened exactly as we told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+1TH	3	4	nm1l	writing-background	καὶ γὰρ ὅτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦμεν, προελέγομεν ὑμῖν ὅτι μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι, καθὼς καὶ ἐγένετο καὶ οἴδατε.	1	to suffer affliction	Paul is giving background information about his previous visit. Paul reminds the Thessalonian church that what he predicted about the apostles’ sufferings has come true, so they should not be tempted to doubt the apostles’ authority or teaching (See [3:5,7](../03/05.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the last time we visited you, we kept telling you before it happened, ‘We are destined to be afflicted.’ You are well aware that it happened exactly as we told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 1TH	3	4	wo6q	figs-exclusive	ἦμεν	1	to suffer affliction	Here, **we** is exclusive of the apostles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	3	4	w95u	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	to suffer affliction	Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains and emphasizes what the Thessalonian already know about the apostles’ afflictions. Alternate translation: “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	3	4	wuco	figs-quotations	προελέγομεν ὑμῖν ὅτι μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι	1	to suffer affliction	Here, **that** could either express emphasis or be a quotation marker of what the apostles said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “we kept telling you ahead of time, ‘We are destined to endure distress.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-1TH	3	4	a5y6		καὶ ἐγένετο	1	to suffer affliction	Here, **and it happened** is meant to emphasize Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy’s apostolic credentials by verifying that their prophetic words came true.
+1TH	3	4	a5y6		καὶ ἐγένετο	1	to suffer affliction	Here, **and it happened** is meant to emphasize Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy’s apostolic credentials by verifying that their prophetic words came true. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and this is precisely what happened”
 1TH	3	5	tj4e	writing-participants	διὰ τοῦτο κἀγὼ μηκέτι στέγων, ἔπεμψα εἰς τὸ γνῶναι τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν	1	I also no longer enduring it	Here, Paul summarizes the story of Timothy’s visit, but leaves out mention of Timothy as redundant information. If it is clearer in your language, you could include mention of Timothy. Alternate translation: “Again, since I could not wait anymore, I sent Timothy to learn if you still trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 1TH	3	5	o9ep	figs-parallelism	κἀγὼ μηκέτι στέγων, ἔπεμψα	1	I also no longer enduring it	Paul repeats the same phrase **no longer enduring it** found in [3:1](../03/01.md). Here, **I … sent** parallels “we … sent” in [3:1-2](../03/01.md). This expresses that Paul represents the apostles who sent Timothy to Thessalonica. Use a natural way in language to indicate this parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	3	5	st3d	figs-hyperbole	κἀγὼ μηκέτι στέγων	1	I also no longer enduring it	This phrase is an exaggeration that Paul uses to express deep concern. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows deep concern. See your translation at [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	3	6	e6kx	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ὅτι ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε	1	you always have good memories	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **memories** in another way. Alternate translation: “and how you always remember us fondly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	3	7	dpij	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο παρεκλήθημεν, ἀδελφοί, ἐφ’ ὑμῖν	1	brothers	This phrase is a result clause. Paul is stating the result of the Timothy’s good news in [3:6])../03/06.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers in Christ, as a result of Timothy’s good news about you, God consoled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	3	7	csz7	figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν	1	in all our distress and affliction	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **distress** describes the **affliction**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Here, this phrase emphasizes how much and how intensely the apostles were persecuted. Alternate translation: “in all our abusive affliction” or “in all our violent suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TH	3	7	e96u	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν	1	in all our distress and affliction	If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind this abstract noun phrase in another way. Here, it could refer to: (1) time of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “during all our abuse and affliction” or “each time we violently suffered” (2) place or way of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “in every place the tempter violently afflicted us” or “in every way we suffered abuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	3	7	e96u	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν	1	in all our distress and affliction	If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the abstract noun phrase **distress and affliction** in another way. Here, it could refer to: (1) the time of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “during all our abuse and affliction” or “each time we violently suffered” (2) the place or way of distress and affliction. Alternate translation: “in every place the tempter violently afflicted us” or “in every way we suffered abuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	3	8	utk3	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν, ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	if you stand firm in the Lord	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are remaining faithful to the Lord Jesus, we are now refreshed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	3	7	k54j	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν πίστεως	1	because of your faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way. Alternate translation: “because you remain faithful to God” or “through your faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	3	8	y1vb	figs-hyperbole	ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν	1	we live	Here, **For now we live** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how thankful he is that the Thessalonians **stand firm** in the Christian faith (See [3:7](../03/07.md)). Paul is not trying to say that he was dead. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows thankfulness. Alternate translation (replace the comma): “O how we are now refreshed!” or “O how we now feel alive!” or “Certainly now we thrive!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -245,287 +248,256 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	3	9	pzq7	figs-rquestion	τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν.	1	For what thanks are we able to give back to God concerning you, for all the joy in which we rejoice before our God because of you,	Paul is using a rhetorical question that continues to the end of [3:10](../03/10.md) in order to emphasize the apostles’ thankful joy for the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness to God. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We could not possibly thank God enough for what he has done for you! When we pray to our God, we greatly rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1TH	3	9	pdc5	figs-metaphor	τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν	1	before our God	With the phrase **give back**, Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they owe God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness. Paul means that the apostles cannot express how thankful they are. If your readers would not understand what it means to **give back** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because, how could we possibly show how grateful we are to God for you” or “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving could we give in exchange for you to repay our debt to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	9	j6pj	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν	1	before our God	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Since this is a rhetorical question, you could change it to a statement, and begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because of you, we greatly rejoice when we pray to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	3	9	u00t	figs-doublet	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν	1	before our God	These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy the apostles have because of the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness to God. Alternate translation: “for how much we greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TH	3	9	u00t	figs-doublet	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν	1	before our God	Here, **joy** and **rejoice** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy the apostles have because of how faithful the Thessalonian church has been towards God. Alternate translation: “for how much we greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	3	9	p5ka	figs-idiom	χαίρομεν…ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν	1	before our God	Here, **before our God** is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we rejoice in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	3	10	k71n	figs-hyperbole	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ δεόμενοι	1	earnestly	This emphatic phrase is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how much and often the apostles pray for the Thessalonian church. Paul does not mean to say he never does anything else except pray. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we never stop intensely pleading” or “we continually and fervently praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	3	10	eb26	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον	1	to see your face	Here, the phrase **to see your face** is an idiom meaning “visit.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” or “to spend time with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	3	10	s0xz	figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον	1	to see your face	Paul refers figuratively to **your face** to mean the whole Thessalonian church. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TH	3	10	e5fh	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	to see your face	If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way (See also [2:17](../02/17.md)). Alternate translation: “and to provide support so that you remain faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	3	11	tet9	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ…κατευθύναι	1	General Information:	Here, **But…may…direct** indicate that this verse is the beginning of a prayer that continues through [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	3	11	mc2m	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς	1	may our God and Father … direct	Paul uses the word **himself** to distinguish **our God and Father** from **our Lord Jesus**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+1TH	3	11	tet9	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ…κατευθύναι	1	General Information:	Here, the verb forms indicate that this is a blessing or prayer that continues through [3:13](../03/13.md). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “Now we pray that … would guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 1TH	3	11	f3wh	figs-hendiadys	ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν	1	our God and Father … our Lord	Here, **our God and Father** refers to the one divine person who is both God and Father. This phrase is a hendiadys, since Father further describes God (See also [1:3](../01/03.md)). Alternate translation: “God our Father” or “our Father God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys)
+1TH	3	11	mc2m	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς	1	may our God and Father … direct	Paul uses the word **himself** to distinguish **our God and Father** from **our Lord Jesus**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	3	11	bql9	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν	1	our God and Father … our Lord	It is possible that these first two uses of **our** are inclusive of the the whole Christian Church. Yet, the third use of **our** exclusively refers to the apostles. So, it is most likely that **our** refers exclusively to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy in this whole verse (see also [1:9, 2:1, 3:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	3	11	um1c	figs-metaphor	κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς.	1	may … direct our way to you	Paul speaks figuratively about God as if he was a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **may … direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “O that … would quickly bring us to you!” or “to direct our voyage so that we can visit you” or  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	3	12	f4ma	figs-doublet	πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Here, **increase** and **abound** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much the apostles want the Thessalonian church to keep increasing in their love for all people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “completely excel” or “fully thrive” or  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	3	12	o80n	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as something that can be quantified or measured. He means that he hopes the Thessalonian church will keep loving people well. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “lovingly increase and abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	3	12	f4ma	figs-doublet	πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much the apostles want the Thessalonian church to keep increasing in their love for all people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “completely excel” or “fully thrive” or  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	3	12	ofl2	figs-merism	εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul speaks figuratively, using these phrases in order to include the whole human race. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” or “toward Christians and non-Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+1TH	3	12	ofl2	figs-merism	εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul could be speaking figuratively, using these phrases in order to include the whole human race. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” or “toward Christians and non-Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+1TH	3	12	gyy3	figs-nominaladj	εἰς πάντας	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul could be using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. It could refer to: (1) the whole human race. Alternate translation: “toward all humanity” (2) all Christians. Alternate translation: “for all your fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	3	12	dm6c		καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Here, **just as we also toward you** is an emphatic phrase meant to reinforce the deep love the apostles have for the Thessalonian church (also in [3:6](../03/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the same way we love you”
-1TH	3	13	ms8t	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind these abstract noun phrases in another way. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord establishes you with innocent affections that are appropriate for those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	3	13	ms8t	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind **hearts** and **holiness** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord establishes you with innocent affections that are appropriate for those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	3	13	ly21	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	to strengthen your hearts, blameless	Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	13	taws	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	to strengthen your hearts, blameless	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he prays that God will increase the Thessalonian church’s love for all people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “in order that the Lord will strengthen your willpower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TH	3	13	jev8	figs-doublet	ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize total sanctification. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. This phrase could refer to: (1) condition of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (2) means of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 
+1TH	3	13	jev8	figs-doublet	ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	Here, **blameless** and **holiness** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize total sanctification. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. This phrase could refer to: (1) a condition of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (2) how to become holy. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	3	13	p12j	figs-idiom	ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	This phrase an idiom for being in the personal presence of God (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Father God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	3	13	vnsi	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	This is a reference to the Zechariah 14:5 (See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7,10; Jude 14). The implication is that these **saints** are all those **who are blameless in holiness** who have already died (See [4:14](../04/14.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time the Lord Jesus arrives along with all his holy people who have already died” or “when the Lord Jesus returns a second time with all those reposed people who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	3	13	ytqg	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	Here, the word translated **coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [2:19](../02/19.md) or the “Day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus at his Second Coming” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	3	13	py9f	translate-textvariants	ἀμήν	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	Many ancient manuscripts omit this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH	4	intro	b1z5			0		# 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:1-8)<br>2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:9-12)<br>* Reminder (4:9-10)<br>* Keep Busy (4:11-12)<br>3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13-18)<br><br>## “We” and “you”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian love<br><br>The apostles address this topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian Church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and to continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own businesss, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:11-12](../04/11.md)).<br><br>### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>The Thessalonian Church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md).<br><br>### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In [4:13-18](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).<br><br>## Important translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>Historically, there has been one teaching on the Second Coming of Christ. As the Nicene Creed of 381 states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. This is what [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md) unequivocally refers to. Here, “the coming of the Lord” and the “day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md) are the same event, as is clear from the context. One confusion stems from the fact that novel and heterodox interpretations have become popularized. Prior to the mid-1800’s there was no other view in any denomination of the Church. Another confusion comes from the reliance on modern chapter headings that often confuse readers about when and where subject matter changes. The original text of 1 Thessalonians had no chapter or verse markings, so it would have been more obvious to an ancient reader that chapter four and five are talking about the same event.
-1TH	4	1	vtas	grammar-connect-words-phrases	λοιπὸν οὖν	1	brothers	Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) summary of the apostles teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” or (2) remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	3	13	vnsi	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	This is a reference to Zechariah 14:5 (See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7,10; Jude 14). Here it is implied that these **saints** are all those **who are blameless in holiness** and who have already died (See [4:14](../04/14.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time the Lord Jesus arrives along with all his holy people who have already died” or “when the Lord Jesus returns a second time with all those reposed people who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	3	13	ytqg	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	Here, **at the coming of the Lord Jesus** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [2:19; 4:15](../02/19.md) or the “Day of the **Lord**” [5:2](../05/02.md). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus at his Second Coming” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TH	4	intro	b1z5			0		# 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:1-8)<br>2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:9-12)<br>* Reminder (4:9-10)<br>* Keep Busy (4:11-12)<br>3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13-18)<br><br>## “We” and “you”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian love<br><br>The apostles address this topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian Church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and to continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own businesss, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:11-12](../04/11.md)).<br><br>### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>The Thessalonian Church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md).<br><br>### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In [4:13-18](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).<br><br>## Important translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>Historically, there has been one teaching on the Second Coming of Christ. As the Nicene Creed of 381 states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. This is what the passage in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md) unequivocally refers to. Here, “the coming of the Lord” and the “day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md) are the same event, as is clear from the context. One confusion stems from the fact that novel and heterodox interpretations have become popularized. Prior to the mid-1800’s there was no other view in any denomination of the Church. Another confusion comes from the reliance on modern chapter headings that often confuse readers about when and where subject matter changes. The original text of 1 Thessalonians had no chapter or verse markings, so it would have been more obvious to an ancient reader that chapter four and five are talking about the same event.
+1TH	4	1	vtas	grammar-connect-words-phrases	λοιπὸν οὖν	1	brothers	Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	1	u2lw	figs-doublet	ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν	1	we beg and exhort you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we are strongly urging to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	4	1	foeh	figs-idiom	ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	we beg and exhort you	Paul speaks figuratively as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way.  Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	1	foeh	figs-idiom	ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	we beg and exhort you	Paul speaks figuratively as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way.  Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	1	p4db	figs-metaphor	τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν	1	it is necessary for you to walk	Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	1	ckii	figs-hendiadys	τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε)	1	it is necessary for you to walk	Here, **to walk and to please** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **please** describes how the Thessalonian church should **walk**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “about how you must live to please God (exactly as you live now)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TH	4	1	q937	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον	1	it is necessary for you to walk	This phrase could introduce a purpose clause. Paul could be stating the purpose for which apostles are begging and exhorting the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you can excel more and more” or “in order that you thrive even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+1TH	4	1	q937	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον	1	it is necessary for you to walk	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which apostles are begging and exhorting the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you can excel more and more” or “in order that you thrive even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	4	2	oyu3	grammar-connect-time-background		0	through the Lord Jesus	Paul is providing this background information about the apostles’ teachings during their previous visit to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-1TH	4	2	dg4p	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	This verse expresses that the Thessalonian church should do what the apostles previously taught them (See [4:1](../04/01.md)), because these teachings are are actually commands from **the Lord Jesus** himself. Use a natural way in your language to express a result clause. Alternate translation: “Because you recognize that the Lord Jesus commanded you through what we taught” or “Since you are aware that when we gave commands it was actually the Lord Jesus who taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	4	2	dg4p	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	This verse expresses that the Thessalonian church should do what the apostles previously taught them (See [4:1](../04/01.md)), because these teachings are actually commands from **the Lord Jesus** himself. Use a natural way in your language to express a result clause. Alternate translation: “Because you recognize that the Lord Jesus commanded you through what we taught” or “Since you realize that when we gave commands it was actually the Lord Jesus who taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	2	ebjm	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	through the Lord Jesus	Here, **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	2	vg16	figs-metaphor	διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	Paul speaks figuratively of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally spoke them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” or “through a message from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	3	ycsw	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν,	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification** in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	4	3	vnp0	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact, this is God’s will” or “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-1TH	4	3	lit4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the “commands … through the Lord Jesus” in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language that indicates the beginning of new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	3	mw4j	figs-litany	ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, begins a list spanning from [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
-1TH	4	3	lgac	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **sexual immorality** is contrasted with **sanctification**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “to refrain from sexually immoral acts” or “to hold yourself back from sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TH	4	3	lhxi	figs-imperative	ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	The following list of verb forms in [4:3-6](../04/3.md) could be translated as commands (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Here, the verb forms are likely meant to express a strong suggestion or appeal. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “you yourselves must refrain” or “so you should withhold yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-1TH	4	3	le7j	translate-textvariants	τῆς πορνείας	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Some ancient manuscripts read “all **sexual immorality**” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH	4	4	ox95	figs-abstractnouns	εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ,	1	to know to possess his own vessel	If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract phrase to an active form. Alternate translation: “each husband must only have sexual knowledge of his own wife, by treating her like she belongs to God and by honoring her” or “each man should know how to practice self-control by setting apart and honoring his own body” or (See UST for two separate sentences)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	4	4	zis1	figs-abstractnouns	εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ,	1	to know to possess his own vessel	If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract noun phrase into two active sentences (See UST). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	4	4	vhbp	figs-euphemism	εἰδέναι…κτᾶσθαι	1	to know to possess his own vessel	**to know … to possess** is a euphemism for sexual intimacy or knowledge (See previous note for an alternate translation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-1TH	4	4	f4ux	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor or idiom that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. It could refer to: (1) a husband’s own body. Alternate translation: “to practice self-control with his own body” or “to control his own body” (2) his wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to hold onto his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	4	fk6n	figs-nominaladj	ἕκαστον	1	to know to possess his own vessel	This nominal adjective is used to emphasize that every husband or man must obey this teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TH	4	4	arkf	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτοῦ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	This reflexive pronoun further emphasizes the necessity of “sanctification” [4:3](../04/03.md), that the **vessel** belongs to the husband or man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1TH	4	4	ihqe	figs-hendiadys	ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	This phrase is a hendiadys. Alternate translation: “by sanctifying and honoring his body” or “by sanctifying and honoring her body” or “by honorably setting it apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TH	4	4	nppk		ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	This phrase could also refer to: (1) Condition. Alternate translation: “in the condition of holiness and honor” or “in a state of holiness and honor” (2) Association. Alternate translation: “with holiness and honor” (3) Means. Alternate translation: “through holiness and honor”
-1TH	4	5	y9g2	figs-parallelism	μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας, καθάπερ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν	1	in the passion of lust	This verse expresses a contrasting parallelism. **in the passion of lust** contrasts “in holiness and honor”. **each of you to know** contrasts “the Gentiles who do not know”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	4	5	utvd	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract noun phrase into an active form (See UST), Alternate translation: “You must not passionately lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	4	5	x2t7		μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	Like the previous phrase, this could refer to: (1) condition. Alternate translation: “in the condition of lustful passion” or “in a state of passionate lust” (2) association. Alternate translation: “with lustful passion” (3) means. Alternate translation: “through lustful passion”
-1TH	4	5	vjej	figs-possession	πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	This genitive phrase could refer to: (1) attribute. Alternate translation: “lustful passion” (2) source. Alternate translation: “from lustful passion” or “from desire’s passion” (3) object. Alternate translation: “passion that leads to lust” (4) means. Alternate translation: “through lustful passion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	4	5	nrmz	figs-distinguish	καθάπερ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν	1	in the passion of lust	This emphatic clause is meant to inform. **who do not know** indicates a past state of being that continues. **God** indicates “the one true **God**” or “the only **God**”. Alternate translation: “the nations who remain ignorant of God act like this” or “this is the way those nations live, who continually refuse to give recognition to God” or “exactly like all the people who have no relationship with God” or “this is exactly the way the Gentiles, who have never known God, live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1TH	4	5	tz8o	figs-genericnoun	τὰ ἔθνη	1	in the passion of lust	Here, **the Gentiles** is a generic noun that refers to all non-Christians (See [2:16](../02/16.md)). Alternate translation: “all those nations” or “all the people” or “the pagan nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-1TH	4	6	wmb6	figs-parallelism	τὸ μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	This is a parallel clause that strongly repeats the prohibitive “not” concept found in [4:5](../04/05.md). Alternate translation: “no one should offend and take advantage of” or “no one must violate and exploit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	4	6	a9st	figs-doublet	ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	The words translated **transgress and wrong** are a superlative doublet. The word translated **transgress** can mean “to overstep.” The word translated **wrong** can mean “possess more.” Here it conveys the nuance of “claiming what does not belong to someone,” or “to take advantage of.” The idea is that no one is permitted to violate or cross over the bounds of lawful marital relations, by taking what belongs to another man. Alternate translation: “trespass against and claim what belongs to” or “violate and exploit” or “transgress and take advantage of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	4	6	ckez	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	the Lord is an avenger	Here, **in this matter** uses a business metaphor to speak of sexual immorality [4:3](../04/03.md). The idea is that no one should intrude in the marital relationship of another **brother** or “fellow Christian.” Alternate translation: “in the marital matters of his fellow Christian” or “in the marriage relationship of another Christian” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	6	q7bf	grammar-connect-logic-result	διότι ἔκδικος Κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων	1	the Lord is an avenger	This clause gives the final result of those who live “in the passion of lust” [4:5](../04/05.md). This could refer to: (1) the sexually immoral people. Alternate translation: “This is because the Lord will punish all those people” (2) all the matters spoken of in [1:3-6](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord will avenge for all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	4	6	p80j	figs-abstractnouns	ἔκδικος	1	the Lord is an avenger	If it is clearer in your language, you could change this abstract noun into a verb form. Alternate translation: “is a punisher” or “is a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	4	6	r9n4	figs-metaphor	ἔκδικος Κύριος	1	the Lord is an avenger	This is a metaphorical title used of God throughout the Old Testament (See Judith 9:2 for a similar use in relational to sexual immorality). **avenger** literally means “judge from.” Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus will avenge” or “the Lord Jesus will punish” or “the Lord Jesus will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	6	jitm	figs-explicit	Κύριος	1	the Lord is an avenger	The assumed knowledge here is that **Lord** refers to “Jesus” (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	6	d1ip	writing-background	καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα	1	we also forewarned you and testified	This is background information referring to the apostles earlier visit. The same root word translated **testified** here, is used twice in [2:10-12](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “in the just the way we previously told and warned you” or “This will happen just we already told and solemnly warned you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-1TH	4	6	ix4p	figs-doublet	καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα	1	we also forewarned you and testified	**just as** combined with these two similar verbs, indicates that this is a doublet. If it is clearer in your language, you could combine the verbs to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “as we also previously warned you” or “exactly as we also solemnly forewarned you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	4	7	qx6y	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ	1	God did not call us	This verse parallels [4:4](../04/04.md). If it is clearer in your language, you could change these abstract nouns into verb forms, the double negatives to positive statements, and the reorder the clauses. Alternate translation: “God called us, so we must purify and set ourselves apart like those who belong to God” or “We must not live impurely or act unholy, because God did not call us as his people for this purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	4	7	v3np	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ	1	God did not call us to uncleanness, but in holiness	The double negative is used as a strong prohibition against sexual immorality [4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Because God did not summon us for impurity, but into sanctification”. You could also state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Because God called us to be pure and holy” or “Certainly God summoned us to pure and holy living” or “Indeed, God invited us to become pure and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-1TH	4	7	ie7g		ἐκάλεσεν	1	God did not call us to uncleanness, but in holiness	The word translated **called** can also refer to simple statement of fact or summarizing act. Alternate translation: “summons” or “beckons” or “invites”
-1TH	4	7	q4tj	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	God did not call us	Here “us” is inclusive, referring to the apostles, the Thessalonian Church, and by extension all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	4	7	qli0		ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ	1	God did not call us	The prepositions translated **to** and **in** can refer to: (1) Disadvantage and advantage. Alternate translation: “for the sake of … for the sake of” (2) Purpose and rule. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … to conform to” (3) Basis and association. Alternate translation: “on the basis of … in association with” (4) Destination. Alternate translation: “to lead to … leading to” (5) Means. Alternate translation: “through … through”
-1TH	4	8	zdsc	figs-parallelism	τοιγαροῦν ὁ ἀθετῶν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν, τὸν διδόντα τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ τὸ Ἅγιον εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	the one rejecting this	This verse parallels some of the concepts found in [4:7](../04/07.md). The words translated **Therefore** and “For” have the same root. **the one rejecting** and **rejects** parallel “uncleanness.” **Holy Spirit** parallels “in holiness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	4	8	mn5y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοιγαροῦν	1	the one rejecting this	This triply emphatic connecting word is meant to mark the end of this section prohibiting sexual immorality. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention” or “So then, you must realize” or “It is absolutely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	8	gzz8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ ἀθετῶν…ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν, τὸν διδόντα	1	rejecting this rejects not man, but God	The words translated **the one rejecting this** and **who gives** indicate continual or repeated activity. God’s constant giving of the **Holy Spirit** is contrasted with person who constantly **rejects** the apostolic teaching. Alternate translation: “he who continues to reject … but actually God himself, who continues to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TH	4	8	su51	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ἀθετῶν	1	rejecting this rejects not man, but God	The phrase translated **the one rejecting this** does not contain **this**, but the context implies that it should be included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	4	8	mm3n	translate-textvariants	διδόντα	1	rejecting this rejects not man, but God	Many ancient manuscripts read “**who** gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH	4	8	k7fr	translate-textvariants	ὑμᾶς	1	rejecting this rejects not man, but God	Many ancient manuscripts read “us”. This could either refer exclusively to the apostles or inclusively to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH	4	8	vrbs	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν, τὸν διδόντα τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ τὸ Ἅγιον	1	rejecting this rejects not man, but God	In [1:5,6](../01/05.md) we see that the **Holy Spirit** gives power and joy. Here, two implicit teachings are contained: the divinity of the Holy Spirit, and the doctrine of the procession of the Spirit from the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	9	uxn8	figs-explicit	περὶ δὲ τῆς φιλαδελφίας, οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε γράφειν ὑμῖν	1	brotherly love	This connecting phrase implies that the apostles are answering a specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian Church. If it is clearer in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Now as it relates to your question about how fellow believers in Christ should show affection to each other …” or “Now, about your question referring to Christian relationships …” or “Now, about your question relating to Christian friendships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	4	2	vg16	figs-metaphor	διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	Paul speaks figuratively of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally told them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “through a message from the Lord Jesus” or “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	3	ycsw	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν,	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification** in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	4	3	lit4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the “commands … through the Lord Jesus” in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of new topic. Alternate translation: “Now, this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	4	3	vnp0	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+1TH	4	3	mw4j	figs-litany	ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here begins a list spanning through [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means in this context. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
+1TH	4	3	lgac	figs-distinguish	ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	<br>This phrase gives us further information about what is **sanctification**. Paul is defining the **sanctification** God wants for his people by forbidding **sexually immorality**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	4	3	lhxi	figs-imperative	ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	The following list of verb forms in [4:3-6](../04/03.md) could be translated as commands (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Here, the verb forms are likely meant to express a strong suggestion or appeal. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “so you yourselves must refrain” or “so you should withhold yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+1TH	4	4	u98k	figs-distinguish	εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here Paul gives more instructions about the **sanctification** God wants for his people, by telling the Thessalonian church that every husband needs to treat his wife’s body or his own body **in sanctification and honor**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these verses clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	4	4	vhbp	figs-euphemism	εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ,	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here, **to know to possess** refers to sexual intimacy. This is a polite way of referring to something private. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God desires that you treat your wives’ bodies like they belong to God and to honor them” or “each of you men must use your own body for God’s holy and honorable purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+1TH	4	4	fk6n	figs-nominaladj	ἕκαστον	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Paul is using the adjective **each** as a noun in order to describe a group of men. Here it specifically is used to emphasize that every husband or man must obey this teaching. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “each and every man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1TH	4	4	f4ux	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here, Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s body as if it were a container. Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. It could refer to: (1) a wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to use his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (2) a husband's own body. Alternate translation: “to control his own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	4	arkf	figs-possession	τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Paul is using the possessive form **his own** to express ownership. Use a natural way in your language to express ownership. Alternate translation: “the wife that belongs to you” or “your very own wife” or “the body that belongs to you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1TH	4	4	ihqe	figs-hendiadys	ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	This phrase could express a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **honor** tells how a husband or man must live in **sanctification**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “by honorably setting it apart for God’s purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+1TH	4	5	utvd	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **in the passion of lust** in another way. Alternate translation: “You must not passionately lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	4	5	y9g2	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	Here, **not in the passion of lust** contrasts with the previous phrase “in holiness and honor” (See 4:4])../04/04.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but not with lustful passion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+1TH	4	5	vjej	figs-possession	πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	Paul is using the possessive phrase **of lust** to describe **passion**. This genitive phrase could refer to: 1) passion characterized by lust. Alternate translation: “lustful passion” 2) the source of the passion. Alternate translation: “passion that comes from lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1TH	4	5	nrmz	figs-distinguish	καθάπερ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν	1	in the passion of lust	This phrase gives us further information about the those who live **in the passion of lust**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the nations who remain ignorant of God act like this” or “exactly like all the people who have no relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	4	5	tz8o	figs-genericnoun	τὰ ἔθνη	1	in the passion of lust	Here, **the Gentiles** refers to all the non-Christian nations in general, not one group of people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase (See your translation at [2:16](../02/16.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+1TH	4	5	w03g	figs-distinguish	τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν	1	in the passion of lust	Here, **who do not know God** is meant to give further information about the **Gentiles**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who have no relationship with God” or “who remain ignorant of God”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	4	6	wmb6	hendiadys	ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wrong** describes **transgress** . If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “wrongfully trespass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/hendiadys]])
+1TH	4	6	ho6h	figs-metaphor	ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	Here, **transgress and exploit** speaks figuratively about adultery, by comparing it to a person who unlawfully enters someone’s property and claims it for their own. If your readers would not understand what it means to **transgress and exploit** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “must trespass and defraud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	6	ckez	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	the Lord is an avenger	Here, **in this matter** could be speaking figuratively of adultery as if someone is intruding in another person’s business matters. If your readers would not understand what **in this matter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the marital matters of his fellow believer in Christ” or “in the marriage relationship of another believer in Christ” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	6	q7bf	grammar-connect-logic-result	διότι ἔκδικος Κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων	1	the Lord is an avenger	This clause gives the final result of those who live “in the passion of lust” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express result. This could refer to: 1) all the matters spoken of in [4:3-6](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord Jesus will avenge for all these things” 2) the sexually immoral people. Alternate translation: “This is because the Lord Jesus will punish all those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	4	6	d1ip	writing-background	καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα	1	we also forewarned you and testified	Paul provides this background information about what the apostles said in an earlier visit (See in [2:10-12](../02/10.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This will happen just we already told you and solemnly testified to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+1TH	4	6	ix4p	figs-doublet	καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα	1	we also forewarned you and testified	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what the apostles had already told the Thessalonian church during a previous visit. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “exactly as we also solemnly forewarned you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TH	4	7	qx6y	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ	1	God did not call us	If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **uncleanness** and **sanctification** with positive forms. Alternate translation: “We must not live impurely or act unholy, because God did not call us as his people for this purpose” or “God called us, so we must purify and set ourselves apart like those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	4	7	v3np	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ	1	God did not call us to uncleanness, but in holiness	If the double negative **not…uncleanness** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly God summons us to pure and holy living” or “Because God calls us to be pure and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+1TH	4	7	q4tj	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	God did not call us	Here, **us** is inclusive, referring to the apostles, the Thessalonian church, and by extension all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “us believers in Christ” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+1TH	4	7	qli0	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ	1	God did not call us	What follows the word **but** is in contrast to **uncleanness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+1TH	4	8	mn5y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοιγαροῦν	1	the one rejecting this	This emphatic connecting word is meant to mark the end of this section prohibiting sexual immorality. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention” or “So then, you must realize” or “It is absolutely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	4	8	gzz8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ ἀθετῶν…ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν, τὸν διδόντα	1	rejecting this rejects not man, but God	Here God’s constant giving of the **Holy Spirit** is contrasted with person who constantly **rejects** the apostolic teaching. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “he who continues to reject … but actually God himself, who continues to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+1TH	4	9	uxn8	figs-explicit	περὶ δὲ τῆς φιλαδελφίας	1	brotherly love	This phrase implies that the apostles are answering a specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, related to your question about how to love fellow believers in Christ” or “Now, about your question referring to Christian relationships” or “Now, about your question related to Christian friendships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	4	9	rpmn	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς φιλαδελφίας	1	brotherly love	If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun phrase, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **brotherly love** in another way. Alternate translation: “how to affectionately care for fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	4	9	sgen	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε γράφειν ὑμῖν, αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε, εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾶν ἀλλήλους	1	brotherly love	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because God himself teaches you that you should love each other, you do not need us to write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	4	9	l1n7	figs-hyperbole	οὐ χρείαν…ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε	1	brotherly love	The apostles use hyperbolic phrases **no need** and “**you yourselves** are those **taught by God**” to express how successfully the Thessalonian Church is practicing Christian love. “(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-1TH	4	9	xxg8	translate-textvariants	ἔχετε	1	brotherly love	Some ancient manuscripts read “we were having.” Other manuscripts read “we are having.” Alternate translation: “we do not need to write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH	4	9	j7z0	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε, εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾶν ἀλλήλους	1	brotherly love	This phrase could also be using a metaphor, speaking as if the Thessalonian Church has God himself physically present as their teacher. Alternate translation: “God is the one who teaches you how to love each other” or “God himself teaches you that you must love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	9	ctiq	grammar-connect-logic-result	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε, εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾶν ἀλλήλους	1	brotherly love	This clause could indicate: (1) Content of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “Because it is God himself who teaches you: love each other” (2) Manner. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God is the one who teaches you how to love each other” (3) Purpose/Result. Alternate translation: “the reason why God teaches you is so that you would love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	4	10	e3e0	writing-background	καὶ γὰρ ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, τοὺς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ	1	you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia	This is background reference that shows another aspect of how the Thessalonian Church “became an example” to the churches in Macedonia and Achaia (See [1:7-8](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “Certainly, you make a practice of showing love to all your fellow believers in Christ throughout the region of Macedonia” or “In fact, you are doing just that, to all the fellow Christians throughout the province of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-1TH	4	10	dec9	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ γὰρ	1	you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia	These connecting words indicate that what follows in an example of how the Thessalonian Church shows Christian love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	10	hg7a	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸ	1	you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia	This reflexive pronoun **this** refers back to the phrase “to love” [4:9](../04/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1TH	4	10	jcg3	figs-idiom	ἀδελφοὺς	1	brothers	Throughout this letter, **brothers** is an idiom meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	4	10	k81f	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὺς	1	brothers	Here, the idiom **brothers** includes females. If your language does not have this idiom, you can use a gender inclusive term that refers to male and female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” or “fellow believers in God” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TH	4	10	gxfa	figs-litany	παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, περισσεύειν μᾶλλον	1	brothers	This is the beginning of a list of five verb forms that continues into [4:11](../04/11.md), that the apostles **exhort** the Thessalonian Church to do. Alternate translation: “Now, fellow believers in Christ, we are urging you: to excel more and more,” or “But, fellow Christians, we are encouraging you: to surpass even more,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
-1TH	4	10	u3fl	figs-ellipsis	περισσεύειν	1	abound	Here, **abound** refers back to “love one another” in [4:9](../04/09.md) in a relative ellipsis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	4	11	h2df	figs-metaphor	καὶ φιλοτιμεῖσθαι, ἡσυχάζειν καὶ πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια, καὶ ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶν ὑμῶν	1	to strive	The combination of these verbs could be a metaphor for peaceful communal living. If it is clearer in your language, you could use an expression that explains this metaphor for peaceful communal living. Alternate translation: “and seek to lovingly honor others: by living quietly and tending to your own business and focusing on doing your own work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	11	d2fg	figs-hendiadys	καὶ φιλοτιμεῖσθαι, ἡσυχάζειν	1	to strive	This phrase continues the litany of exhortations from the apostles. Here, **and to strive to live quietly** could: (1) Express separate ideas. Alternate translation: “and seek to lovingly honor others, to live quietly” (2) Complement each other. Alternate translation: “and to aspire to live quietly” or “and to show ambition to honor others by living silently” or “to aim to be still” (3) Function as hendiadys. Alternate translation: “and to quietly seek to lovingly honor others” or “and to silently seek to lovingly honor others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TH	4	11	j4c7	figs-explicit	πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια	1	to live quietly	Here, **to perform your own things** implicitly refers to self-sacrificial thoughts and actions. The surrounding verbs make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to focus on your own tasks” or “to focus on your own business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	11	jmt9	figs-idiom	ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶν ὑμῶν	1	to perform your own things	**to work with your own hands** is an idiom for “earning a living.” Alternate translation: “to work hard to earn what you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	4	11	bz8s	figs-distinguish	καθὼς ὑμῖν παρηγγείλαμεν	1	to work with your own hands	This phrase and the following verse signal the end of this larger section of teaching (See [4:1,2](../04/02.md) for the same wording). Here, the apostles are reminding the Thessalonian Church of what they already taught them, by way of summary. It also equates that what God taught the Thessalonian Church is the same thing as what the apostles teach [4:9](../04/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1TH	4	12	hp6g	figs-idiom	περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως	1	you may walk properly	Here, **walk** is the common biblical idiom that means “live.” The word translated **properly** literally means “well-formed.” It can also mean “appropriately, decently, modestly, nobly.” Alternate translation: “you would live appropriately” or “you would live nobly” or “you would behave modestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	4	12	wj25	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα περιπατῆτε	1	you may walk properly	**so that you may walk** could be a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you live” or “in order that you live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TH	4	12	oo9l	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως	1	you may walk properly	**so that you may walk** could be a result clause. Alternate translation: “then you will live”. It is possible that this phrase refers to both purpose and result. If there is a way to indicate this in your language, you could express this dual meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	4	12	k59r	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω	1	before those outside	**those outside** is a metaphor for “non-Christians.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of non-Christians” or “in front of unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	12	uwsf	figs-distinguish	καὶ μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχητε	1	before those outside	This clause signals the end of the shorter section of teaching, by using the same phrase found in [4:9](../04/09.md). Here, the apostles are reminding the Thessalonian Church of what they already taught them about “brotherly love.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1TH	4	12	nait	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχητε	1	before those outside	This phrase also continues the idea of self-sufficiency found in verse 11, by using a result clause. It is possible that this phrase refers to both purpose and result. If there is a way to indicate this in your language, you could express this dual meaning. Alternate translation: “and so that you would not need anything” or “then you will be self-sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	4	13	vi2y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	General Information:	**Now** is a connecting word that signals the beginning of an extended section [4:13-5:11](..04/13/.md) about the Second Coming of Christ (See chapter and book introduction)(See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7-10; 2:3-12). If our language has a special section marker, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	13	lan8	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ θέλομεν δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	General Information:	If it is clearer in your language, you could change this double negative or litotes to a positive form. Alternate translation: “But, we want you to know for certain” or “Now, we desire to clarify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-1TH	4	13	mmy0	figs-idiom	ἀδελφοί	1	General Information:	Throughout this letter, **brothers** is an idiom meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	4	13	wt7l	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, the idiom **brothers** includes females. If your language does not have this idiom, you can use a gender inclusive term that refers to male and female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” or “fellow believers in God” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TH	4	13	qt5b	figs-explicit	περὶ	1	you may not grieve	Here, **about** implies that the apostles are answering another specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian Church (See [4:9](../04/09.md)). If it is clearer in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “as it relates to your question about” or “concerning your question about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	13	j68e	figs-euphemism	τῶν κοιμωμένων	1	General Information:	In the biblical usage, **fallen asleep** often refers to physical death. It could indicate an idiom or euphemism. The verb form indicates that this is a present condition “are sleeping.” If you have a cultural idiom or euphemism for representing death as “sleeping”, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “those who are already dead” or “those who have died” or “those who have been laid to rest” or “those who continue to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-1TH	4	13	wzr3	translate-textvariants	κοιμωμένων	1	General Information:	Many ancient manuscripts read “have fallen asleep (and remain asleep)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH	4	13	ocjp	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε	1	brothers	Here, **so that you may not grieve** is a purpose clause that informs how the Thessalonian Church should respond to **those who are asleep**. Alternate translation: “so that you would not sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TH	4	13	r9f8	figs-explicit	καθὼς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ	1	so that you may not grieve just as also the rest	Here, it is assumed that **the rest** are non-Christians. If it is clearer in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “in the same way as the rest of humanity” or “like the rest of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	13	f9eq	figs-explicit	οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα	1	so that you may not grieve just as also the rest	Here, it is assumed that **hope** refers to resurrection salvation (See [1:3; 2:19; 4:16; 5:8](../01/03.md)), and was previously associated with the Second Coming of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “who possess no hope of life after death” or “who possess no confidence of life after death” or “who possess no assurance of life after death” or “who do not have confidence in the future promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	14	j09o	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ γὰρ πιστεύομεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη	1	if we believe	This clause frames the apostles’ argument as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they actually mean that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think what the apostles are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly believe that Jesus died and resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-1TH	4	14	hmw4	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη	1	if we believe	Here, it is assumed that the Thessalonian Church knows that**Jesus died and rose again** is the main content of the gospel message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	14	ybz6	figs-exclusive	πιστεύομεν	1	if we believe	Though, **we believe** could be inclusive of the Thessalonian church (and by extension all Christians), it is most likely exclusive, referring to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. The previous use in [4:11](../04/11.md) and subsequent uses (See “we say” in [4:15](../04/15.md)) are clearly referring to the apostles. Here, it mostly likely is a reference to their authoritative teaching. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	4	14	kmk2	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὕτως καὶ ὁ Θεὸς	1	rose again	This phrase could express at least two things: (1) Manner. Alternate translation: “this is the way God” or “this is how God” (2) Result. Alternate translation: “then God will also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	4	14	m1fy	figs-possession	καὶ ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς κοιμηθέντας διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἄξει σὺν αὐτῷ	1	rose again	Here, **through Jesus** could refer to: (1) those who are only temporarily dead through/associated with/in union with Jesus’ resurrection power. Alternate translation: “God … those who through Jesus are asleep” or “God … those who are asleep in Jesus” (2) it is through Jesus that God will bring them back again. Alternate translation: “through Jesus, God will also bring those who sleep along with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	4	14	b3gs	figs-explicit	ὁ Θεὸς…τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	rose again	The assumed knowledge is that **God** is equated with Father, and he is one who sends the Son **Jesus** back to earth at the Second Coming. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this distinction explicit. Alternate translation: “God the Father … his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	14	tjqj	figs-rpronouns	αὐτῷ	1	rose again	This is a reflexive pronoun that refers to Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1TH	4	15	vvda	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμῖν λέγομεν ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου	1	by the word of the Lord	This clause indicates a strong emphasis in form and content (See [1:8](../01/08.md) for **the word of the Lord**). Alternate translation: “Certainly, what we now say to you is the Lord’s message” or “In fact, what we are saying is from the Lord himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	15	ni3m	figs-metonymy	ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου	1	by the word of the Lord	Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” It could refer to: (1) means of the message. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s message” (2) authority of the message. “with the authorization of the Lord” or “is the Lord’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TH	4	15	gbe1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	by the word of the Lord	This connecting word indicates that what follows is the content of **the word of the Lord**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	15	fdwk	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες	1	by the word of the Lord	Though, **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note at [4:14](../04/14.md)), the universal content of the following section, implies that this is inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	4	15	hdlr	figs-distinguish	οἱ περιλειπόμενοι	1	by the word of the Lord	The relative clause **who are left behind** refers to **we who are alive**. Alternate translation: “who survive” or “who are remain around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1TH	4	15	b786	figs-idiom	εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	at the coming of the Lord	Here, the word translated **coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ [3:13](../03/13.md) or the “Day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md). It literally means, “presence” or “being with or near.” Here, **coming** expresses “presence,” so the emphasis is on the lasting presence of the Lord Jesus (see also Matthew 24). The definite article **the** indicates either the one and only Coming of the Lord, or the well-known Coming of the Lord. The word translated **until** could indicate: (1) Duration. Alternate translation: “until the Lord returns” or “until the second coming of the Lord” (2) Event. Alternate translation: “at the coming of our Lord Jesus” or “at the arrival of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	4	15	byit	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1	at the coming of the Lord	It is assumed that the **Lord** refers to Jesus (See [4:1](../04/01.md)). If it is clearer in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	15	k9n9	translate-textvariants	τοῦ Κυρίου	1	at the coming of the Lord	One important ancient manuscript reads “of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH	4	15	xd2y	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας	1	by the word of the Lord	This double negative **certainly not** is an idiom for “never.” Alternate translation: “will never precede those who are dead” or “can never overtake those already dead” or “are not permitted to come before those asleep in the Lord”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-1TH	4	16	ah7p	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	the Lord himself … will descend	**For** marks the beginning of the sequence of events related to the Second Coming. The word then indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. Alternately translation: “Certainly” or “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	16	yk2q	figs-litany	ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ἐν κελεύσματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου, καὶ ἐν σάλπιγγι Θεοῦ, καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ; καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον,	1	the Lord himself … will descend	The list of the events of the Second Coming continues through verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
-1TH	4	16	c26b	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ἐν κελεύσματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου, καὶ ἐν σάλπιγγι Θεοῦ, καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1	the Lord himself … will descend	These things happen at the same time **the Lord** descends. The text emphasizes the order of events by listing them prior to the main verb. If it is clearer in your language, you could place the main verb before the accompanying actions. Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord Jesus himself will come down from heaven: with a commanding shout, with the archangel’s voice, and with God’s trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-1TH	4	16	ygfp	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord himself … will descend	This reflexive noun **himself** emphasizes that “with him” in [4:14](../04/14.md) refers to **the Lord** Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus himself” or “it is the Lord Jesus who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1TH	4	16	z9ka		ἀρχαγγέλου	1	of the archangel	See Jude 9.
-1TH	4	16	pjrh	figs-parallelism	καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ; καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον	1	the Lord himself … will descend	The first main verb **descend** is listed after the events that describe it. This is to show a contrasting parallelism with the second verb **rise**. After the Lord Jesus comes down form heaven, the dead Christians will resurrect from the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	4	16	k7sg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	2	the Lord himself … will descend	Here, the word translated **and** indicates sequence. If it is clearer in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “then next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-1TH	4	16	ni7n	figs-parallelism	οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	This is a parallel phrase to “those who are asleep through Jesus” in [4:14](../04/14.md). Alternate translation: “those who died in union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	4	16	dr89	figs-explicit	οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	**the dead in Christ** are the same as “the sleepers” in [4:13–15](../04/13.md). The verb translated “rise” refers to this section’s main theme of resurrection. Alternate translation: “Christians who have already died will be the first to resurrect” or “those who died united with Christ will resurrect first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	16	gnp0	figs-parallelism	οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	This clause parallels and explains, “may not certainly go before those who have fallen asleep” [4:15](../04/15/md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	4	16	wboi	figs-parallelism	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	**in Christ** is another reference to the important concept of union with Christ or God (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). This is also a parallel phrase to “those who are asleep through Jesus” in [4:14](../04/14.md). Alternate translation: “united to Christ” or “in union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	4	16	offz	translate-textvariants	πρῶτον	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	Some ancient manuscripts read “**the first** ones” referring to **the dead**, not the timing of resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH	4	17	ay13	figs-parallelism	ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες, οἱ περιλειπόμενοι	1	we who are alive	**who are alive, who are left behind** is a parallel reference to [4:15](../04/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	4	17	l5l1	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες	1	we who are alive	Though, **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note for the same phrase at [4:15](../04/15.md)), the universal content of this section, implies that all Christians are in view. It also implies that the apostles assumed Second Coming would happen in their lifetime. Your language may require you to mark these forms(See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	4	17	otiq	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	we who are alive	**together with them** could indicate three things: (1) Simultaneous event. Alternate translation: “with them at the same time” (2) Association. Alternate translation: “along with them” (3) Both event and association. Alternate translation: “at the same time together with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-1TH	4	17	wvi8	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	with them	The word **them** refers to the resurrected dead who are united to Christ. Alternate translation: “the resurrected dead who are united to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1TH	4	17	m3gb	writing-background	ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα	1	with them	This phrase indicates a reference to the words of the angels at Jesus’ Ascension in Acts 1:9-11, as a fulfillment of the prophecy of Daniel 7:13-14. Alternate translation: “we will be snatched up on clouds to encounter the Lord Jesus in the air” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-1TH	4	17	o7lj	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἀπάντησιν	1	with them	Here, the word translated **to meet** indicates purpose, and a positive encounter and/or royal escort. Alternate translation: “as a royal escort of” or “for a meeting with” or “to encounter” (See Exodus 19:17 where this same root word is used when God’s people encounter God, and Matthew 25:6 where this word is used in the same context of the Second Coming with bridal escorts). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TH	4	17	ukh1	writing-symlanguage	ἐν νεφέλαις…εἰς ἀέρα	1	with them	Here, **clouds … air** could be considered symbolic language representing God’s presence and the spiritual realm. (See Exodus 19; Daniel 7:13-14; Matthew 24; Mark 13; Luke 17; 21; Ephesians 2:2). Alternate translation: “ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
-1TH	4	17	ti69	writing-endofstory	καὶ οὕτως πάντοτε σὺν Κυρίῳ ἐσόμεθα	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	This clause is meant to signal the end of the events related to the Second Coming. You can use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
-1TH	4	17	ouvu	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ οὕτως πάντοτε σὺν Κυρίῳ ἐσόμεθα	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	This clause also indicates the result of the meeting with **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “and then we will always be together with the Lord Jesus” or “this is the how we will be with the Lord Jesus forever” or “as a result, we will always be together with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	4	17	k6qc	figs-parallelism	σὺν Κυρίῳ	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	Here, **with the Lord** parallels **together with them** to express union with Christ as communion with his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	4	17	pdqi	translate-textvariants	σὺν	2	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	One important ancient manuscript reads “united to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH	4	18	gt91	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε παρακαλεῖτε	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	This is a result clause. Alternate translation: “because of this, you should comfort” or “as a result, you can bring comfort to” or “so then, you ought to encourage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]
-1TH	4	18	y7zi	figs-imperative	παρακαλεῖτε	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	This clause also could express an appeal or polite command. Alternate translation: “you should encourage” or “you must encourage” or “keep comforting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-1TH	4	18	aya5	writing-pronouns	ἀλλήλους	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	This pronoun indicates association among the Thessalonian Church. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “the fellow member of your church” or “your fellow Thessalonian Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1TH	4	18	xsus	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς λόγοις τούτοις	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	**with these words** is a reference to “and in this way we will always be with the Lord” in [4:17](../04/17.md) or a metonymy for all that has been said in [4:13-17](../04/13.md). Alternate translation: (See UST) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TH	4	9	l1n7	figs-hyperbole	οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε γράφειν ὑμῖν	1	brotherly love	Here, **no need** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how successfully the Thessalonian church is practicing Christian love. Paul knows that they still have things to learn about loving fellow believers in Christ. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “we feel no need to write you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+1TH	4	9	fyqe	figs-ellipsis	οὐ χρείαν	1	brotherly love	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **for us** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1TH	4	9	ctiq		αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε, εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾶν ἀλλήλους	1	brotherly love	This clause could refer to: (1) the content of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “because it is God himself who teaches you: love each other” (2) the manner of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “indeed, it is God who teaches you how to love each other” (3) the purpose of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “the reason why God teaches you is so that you would love each other” Use a natural way in your language for expressing this idea.
+1TH	4	9	j7z0	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε	1	brotherly love	Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as though God himself is physically present as their teacher. Paul means that the Thessalonian church already has been taught **to love one another** through the words of Jesus (See John 13:34; 15:12, 17) by the apostles. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be taught by God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way.  Alternate translation: “because you have learned well what God teaches” or “since this is what God teaches you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	9	pi1u	figs-metaphor	γὰρ	1	brotherly love	Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the content of what **brotherly love** is. Alternate translation: “certainly” or “it is obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	4	9	zroq	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ	1	brotherly love	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize that Thessalonian church is doing what God teaches. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+1TH	4	10	e3e0	writing-background	καὶ γὰρ ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, τοὺς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ	1	you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia	Paul provides this background information to show another aspect of how the Thessalonian church “became an example” to the churches in Macedonia and Achaia (See [1:7-8](../01/07.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you habitually show love to all your fellow believers in Christ throughout the region of Macedonia” or “In fact, you are doing just that, to all the fellow Christians throughout the province of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+1TH	4	10	dec9	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ γὰρ	1	you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia	Here, **For indeed** indicates that what follows in an example of how the Thessalonian church shows Christian love. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	4	10	hg7a	figs-explicit	ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ	1	you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia	What is implied here is that **this** refers back to the phrase “to love” in [4:9](../04/09.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	4	10	gxfa	figs-litany	παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί,	1	brothers	Paul uses a repetitive series of five verb forms that continues into [4:11](../04/11.md), that the apostles **exhort** the Thessalonian Church to do. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone is urged to do. Alternate translation: “Now, fellow believers in Christ, we are urging you” or “But, fellow Christians, we are encouraging you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
+1TH	4	10	u3fl	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	abound	Here, **But** indicates that what follows is the beginning of a list of exhortations. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	4	11	h2df	figs-metaphor	καὶ φιλοτιμεῖσθαι, ἡσυχάζειν καὶ πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια, καὶ ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶν ὑμῶν	1	to strive	Paul is figuratively describing peaceful communal living by using this combination of ideas. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and seek to lovingly honor others: by living quietly and tending to your own business and focusing on doing your own work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TH	4	11	d2fg		καὶ φιλοτιμεῖσθαι, ἡσυχάζειν	1	to strive	This phrase continues the apostles’ litany of exhortations. Here, **and to strive to live quietly** could refer to: (1) phrases that complement each other. Alternate translation: “and to aspire to live quietly” (2) phrases that express separate ideas. Alternate translation: “and seek to lovingly honor others, to live quietly” Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this.
+1TH	4	11	j4c7	figs-explicit	πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια	1	to live quietly	Here, **to perform your own things** implies that the Thessalonian church should tend to their own concerns. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to tend to your own business” or “to focus on your own tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	4	11	jmt9	figs-idiom	ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶν ὑμῶν	1	to perform your own things	Here, **to work with your own hands** is an idiom meaning “earn what you need to live.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to work hard to earn what you need” or “to labor to pay for your expenses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TH	4	11	bz8s	figs-distinguish	καθὼς ὑμῖν παρηγγείλαμεν	1	to work with your own hands	This phrase and the following verse signal the end of this larger section of teaching about how to live in Christian community (See [4:1,2](../04/01.md) for the same wording). Here, “just as we commanded” also expresses that what the apostles teach is the same as being “taught by God” (See [4:9](../04/09.md)). If this would not be understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “this is what we already commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	4	12	wj25	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα περιπατῆτε	1	you may walk properly	Here, **so that you may walk** could be a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles’ exhortation in [4:10](../04/12.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that you would behave” or “so that you might live” or “in order that you would live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+1TH	4	12	oo9l	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα περιπατῆτε	1	you may walk properly	Here, **so that you may walk** could be a result clause. Alternate translation: then you would live” or “then you will live” It is possible that this phrase refers to both purpose and result. If there is a way to indicate this in your language, you could express this dual meaning. Alternate translation: “as a result you now live” or “then you will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	4	12	hp6g	figs-metaphor	περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως	1	you may walk properly	Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “behave.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you would live appropriately” or “you would live nobly” or “you would behave modestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	12	k59r	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω	1	before those outside	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically located outside of an area. He means that they are not part of the Christian community. If your readers would not understand what “before those outside” means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the presence of non-Christians” or “in front of those who do not trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	12	nait	grammar-connect-logic-purpose	καὶ μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχητε	1	before those outside	This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles’ exhortation in [4:10](../04/12.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “and so that you would not need anything” or “then you can be self-sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-purpose]])
+1TH	4	13	vi2y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	General Information:	Here, **Now** is a connecting word that signals the beginning of an extended section in [4:13-5:11](..04/13/.md) about the Second Coming of Christ (See chapter and book introduction)(See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7-10; 2:3-12). If our language has a special section marker, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	4	13	lan8	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ θέλομεν δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	General Information:	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “But, we want you to know for certain” or “Now, we desire to clarify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+1TH	4	13	qt5b	figs-explicit	περὶ	1	you may not grieve	Here, **concerning** implies that the apostles are answering another specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church (See [4:9](../04/09.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as it relates to your question about” or “concerning your question about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	4	13	j68e	figs-euphemism	τῶν κοιμωμένων	1	General Information:	Here, **those who are asleep** is a euphemism for death that continues through [5:10](../05/10.md). In this specific context, it refers to those human souls who are awaiting the reunion of their bodies at the Second Coming of Christ (See [4:16–17](../04/16.md)). You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who are already dead” or “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+1TH	4	13	ocjp	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε	1	brothers	Here, **so that you may not grieve** is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he does not want the Thessalonian church to remain ignorant about the destiny of their loved ones **who are asleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you would not sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+1TH	4	13	r9f8	figs-explicit	καθὼς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ	1	so that you may not grieve just as also the rest	Paul is using the adjective phrase **the rest** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “like the rest of people” or “in the same way as the rest of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1TH	4	13	f9eq	figs-explicit	οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα	1	so that you may not grieve just as also the rest	Here, Paul assumes that his readers will know **hope** refers to salvation at the final resurrection (See [1:3; 2:19; 4:16; 5:8](../01/03.md)). Previously **hope** was associated with the Second Coming of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who possess no confidence of life after death” or “who possess no assurance of life after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	4	13	puvg	figs-explicit	οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα	1	so that you may not grieve just as also the rest	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **hope** in another way. Alternate translation: “who are not confident of life after death” “who are not sure about life after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	4	14	j09o	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ γὰρ πιστεύομεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη	1	if we believe	Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he actually means that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think what the apostles are saying is not certain, then you can translate their words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly believe that Jesus died and resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+1TH	4	14	hmw4	figs-explicit	πιστεύομεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἀνέστη	1	if we believe	Here it is assumed that the Thessalonian church knows the apostolic teaching that **Jesus died and rose again**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you already know that we apostles trust that Jesus died and resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	4	14	ybz6	figs-exclusive	πιστεύομεν	1	if we believe	Although **we believe** could be inclusive of the Thessalonian church (and by extension all Christians), it is most likely exclusive, referring to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. The previous use in [4:11](../04/11.md) and subsequent uses (See “we say” in [4:15](../04/15.md)) are clearly referring to the apostles. Here, it mostly likely is a reference to their authoritative teaching. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: See the UST (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+1TH	4	14	kmk2	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὕτως καὶ ὁ Θεὸς	1	rose again	This phrase could refer to: (1) result. Alternate translation: “then God … also”  (2) manner. Alternate translation: “this is the way God … also” or “this is how God … also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	4	14	m1fy	figs-possession	ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς κοιμηθέντας διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἄξει σὺν αὐτῷ.	1	rose again	Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **through Jesus** could refer to: (1) being united to Jesus’ resurrection power **through** death. Alternate translation: “God will bring back with Jesus those who are united to him in death” (2) those who God will also bring back again **through** Jesus. Alternate translation: “it is through Jesus that God will bring back the dead people who are with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1TH	4	14	tjqj	figs-rpronouns	αὐτῷ	1	rose again	Here Paul implies that **him** refers to **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	4	15	vvda	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμῖν λέγομεν ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου	1	by the word of the Lord	This clause indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to (See also [1:8](../01/08.md) for **the word of the Lord**)). Alternate translation: “Certainly, what we now say to you is the Lord Jesus’ message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	4	15	ni3m	figs-metonymy	ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου	1	by the word of the Lord	The phrase **the word of the Lord** figuratively refers to “the whole message of the Lord’s gospel.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Here, **word** could refer to: (1) the authority of the message. Alternate translation: “because the Lord Jesus authorized our message” (2) the means of the message. Alternate translation: “with a message from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TH	4	15	gbe1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	Κυρίου, ὅτι ἡμεῖς	1	by the word of the Lord	Here, **that** indicates that the rest of the verse is the content of **the word of the Lord**. You could indicate this by changing the punctuation or some other natural way in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord: we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	4	15	fdwk	figs-exclusive	λέγομεν…ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες	1	by the word of the Lord	When Paul says **we say**, he is speaking of himself, Silvanus, and Timothy, so **we** would be exclusive. However, when Paul says **we who are alive**, since he seems to be referring to all Christians, **we who are alive** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles say … all of us believers in Christ who are still alive” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+1TH	4	15	hdlr	figs-distinguish	οἱ περιλειπόμενοι	1	by the word of the Lord	This phrase gives us further information about **we who are alive**. It is not making a distinction between **who are left behind** and **we who are alive**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “and survive” or “and remain here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	4	15	b786	figs-idiom	εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	at the coming of the Lord	Here, **coming of the Lord** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ [3:13](../03/13.md) or the “Day of the **Lord**” [5:2](../05/02.md). Use a natural way in your natural to emphasize this idea. Here, the word translated **until** could refer to: (1) the time before the Lord comes. Alternate translation: “until the Lord Jesus returns” or “until the Second Coming of the Lord Jesus” (2) the event of the Lord’s coming. Alternate translation: “at the coming of our Lord Jesus” or “at the arrival of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TH	4	15	xd2y	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας	1	by the word of the Lord	Here, **certainly not** is a strong prohibition meaning “never.” If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement (See the UST). Alternate translation: “will never precede those who are dead” or “are not permitted to come before those who have already died”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+1TH	4	16	yk2q	figs-litany	ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ἐν κελεύσματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου, καὶ ἐν σάλπιγγι Θεοῦ, καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ; καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον,	1	the Lord himself … will descend	Paul uses a repetitive series of sentences in [4:16-17](../04/16.md). This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the events  to describe the Second Coming of Christ. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
+1TH	4	16	ah7p	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	the Lord himself … will descend	**For** indicates that following events are related to the Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this. Alternately translation: “Certainly” or “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	4	16	c26b	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ἐν κελεύσματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου, καὶ ἐν σάλπιγγι Θεοῦ, καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1	the Lord himself … will descend	In this verse, Paul is describing events that happen at the same time **the Lord will descend from heaven**. He emphasizes the order of events by listing them prior to the main verb. If it is clearer in your language, you could place the main verb before the accompanying actions. You can also make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord Jesus himself will come down from heaven with a commanding shout, and with the archangel’s voice, and with God’s trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+1TH	4	16	ygfp	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord himself … will descend	Paul uses the word **himself** to emphasize that the Lord Jesus will come back in person. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus will come back personally” or “the very person, the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+1TH	4	16	z9ka		ἀρχαγγέλου	1	of the archangel	See Jude 9 for the only other use of this word in the Bible.
+1TH	4	16	breq	figs-possession	σάλπιγγι Θεοῦ	1	of the archangel	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a trumpet** that is related to God. Here, **trumpet of God** could refer to: (1) a trumpet that God commands to be blown. Alternate translation: “a trumpet that God orders to be blown” (2) a trumpet that belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1TH	4	16	pjrh	figs-parallelism	καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ; καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον	1	the Lord himself … will descend	The first main verb **descend** is listed after the events that describe it. This is to show contrast with the second verb **rise**. After the **Lord** Jesus comes down from **heaven**, the **dead** Christians will resurrect from the earth. Paul makes two opposite statements, in similar ways, to emphasis the dramatic nature of the Lord’s Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “will come down from heaven, but the dead people who are united to Christ will be the first to resurrect from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1TH	4	16	k7sg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	2	the Lord himself … will descend	The word **and** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “then after that” or “afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+1TH	4	16	dr89	figs-explicit	οἱ νεκροὶ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	Paul assumes that the Thessalonian church knows that **the dead** are the same as “those who are asleep” in [4:13–15](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated “fallen asleep” in [4:13–15](../04/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	4	16	xrxu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	Here, Paul speaks figuratively about **the dead** as though they were occupying space inside **Christ**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **Christ** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that living Thessalonian believers **in Christ** have with the believers **in Christ** who have died. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	17	iy00	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔπειτα	1	we who are alive	Here, **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After that” or “Afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+1TH	4	17	l5l1	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες	1	we who are alive	Though, **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note for the same phrase at [4:15](../04/15.md)), the universal content of this section, implies that all Christians are in view, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ who remain alive” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+1TH	4	17	otiq	writing-pronouns	ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	we who are alive	Here, Paul refers to “the dead in Christ” (See [4:16](../04/16.md) as **them**. If this is confusing in your language, you could make the reference explicit. Alternate translation: “together with the dead in Christ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+1TH	4	17	aj1n	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	we who are alive	Here, **together with them** could refer to: 1) a simultaneous event. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “with them at the same time” 2) association with the “dead in Christ.” Alternate translation: “along with the dead in Christ” 3) both event and association. Alternate translation: “at the same time together with the dead in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+1TH	4	17	m3gb	writing-background	ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα	1	with them	Here, it is assumed that Paul is referring to the words of the angels at Jesus’ Ascension in [Acts 1:9-11] (acts/01/09.md), as a fulfillment of the prophecy in [Daniel 7:13-14](dan/07/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could provide a footnote or reference. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	4	17	z6km	figs-explicit	εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα	1	with them	What is implied in the phrase **to meet**, is that these believers are being compared to citizens coming out of a city to escort a victorious king back into his royal palace after winning a battle (See [Matthew 25:6](matt/25/06.md) where this word is used in the same context of the Second Coming with bridal escorts)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why Paul uses this phrase. Alternate translation: “to meet the Lord in the air and then escort him to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	4	17	o7lj	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἀπάντησιν	1	with them	Here, **to meet** is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why living believers **will be caught up together** with “the dead in Christ.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation:  “in order to encounter” or “to act as royal escorts of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+1TH	4	17	ukh1	writing-symlanguage	ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα	1	with them	Here, **clouds … air** could be considered symbolic language representing God’s presence and the spiritual realm (See Exodus 19; Daniel 7:13-14; Matthew 24; Mark 13; Luke 17; 21; Ephesians 2:2). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to spiritually encounter the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
+1TH	4	17	ti69	writing-endofstory	καὶ οὕτως	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	This clause is meant to signal the end of the events related to the Second Coming. You can use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
+1TH	4	17	ouvu	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ οὕτως	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	This clause also indicates the result of the meeting with **the Lord**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “and then” or “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	4	17	k6qc	figs-parallelism	σὺν Κυρίῳ	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	Here, **with the Lord** parallels **together with them** to express union with Christ as communion with his people. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1TH	4	18	gt91	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε παρακαλεῖτε	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “So then, keep encouraging” or “Because of this, you must comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]
+1TH	4	18	y7zi	figs-imperative	παρακαλεῖτε	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	This is an imperative, but it communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “you should encourage” or “please continue to comfort (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+1TH	4	18	aya5	writing-pronouns	ἀλλήλους	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	The pronoun **one another** refers to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “each fellow member of your church” or “your fellow Thessalonian believer in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+1TH	4	18	xsus	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τοῖς λόγοις τούτοις	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	Here, **with these words** could refer to “we will always be with the Lord” in [4:17](../04/17.md) or figuratively to all that has been said in [4:13-17](../04/13.md). Alternate translation: “by reminding each other of our message” or “with these promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TH	5	intro	ay3d			0		# 1 Thessalonians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 5<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on the Second Coming of Christ (5:1-10)<br>* Timing (5:1-3)<br>* Preparation (5:4-8)<br>* God’s plan (5:9-10)<br>2. Final Instructions (5:11-28)<br>* Final Commands (5:11-22)<br>* Final Prayer (5:23-24)<br>* Final Appeals (5:25-27)<br>* Final blessing (5:25-27)<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## “We” and “you”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>#### Day of the Lord<br><br>The “day of the Lord” is an idiom for the time of final salvation for God’s people final judgment for God’s enemies. “Day” is metaphorical for a time period. Thus, the exact time of the coming “day of the Lord” will be a surprise to the world. The simile “like a thief in the night” refers this surprise timing. Because of this, Christians must prepare for the coming of the Lord by living with faith, hope and love [5:8](../05/08.md) toward God and others. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]<br><br>### Simile<br><br>#### Like a Thief<br><br>The simile “like a thief in the night” refers this surprise timing. Because of this, Christians must prepare for the coming of the Lord by living with faith, hope and love [5:8](../05/08.md) toward God and others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>#### Day and Night, Light and Darkness<br><br>The apostles use many metaphors throughout [5:1-11](../05/1.md). “Night,” “darkness,” “drunk,” “sleep” are all metaphors about spiritual ignorance or lack of readiness. “Day,” “light,” “sober,” “watch” are all metaphors about spiritual awareness and readiness.<br><br>#### Armor<br><br>Here, the apostles use a military metaphor to urge the Thessalonian Church to be ready for Christ’s Second Coming at “the day of the Lord.” Just as soldiers must always be armed and ready to fight, so the Christian must live prepared for Christ’s return. Faithfulness and love are compared to a breastplate, and the hope of salvation is likened to a helmet [5:8](../05/08.md).<br><br>#### Prophecy<br><br>Those who “despise prophecies” in [5:20](../05/20.md) are said to “quench the Spirit.” This is a metaphor for trying to hinder the Holy Spirit’s guidance in the Church. All prophecies are to be examined and tested to determine if they adhere to apostolic teaching [5:21](../05/21.md). All prophecies that are proven to agree with apostolic teaching, are to be retained as good [5:21-22](../05/21/.md).<br><br>### Submission to Christian Leadership<br><br>The apostles link the well-being and spiritual safety of the Thessalonian Church to obedience to their leaders. Christian leaders are to be given recognition and loving respect by the church [5:12-13](../05/12.md).<br><br>### Holy Kiss<br><br>This refers to the ancient practice of exchanging a kiss of peace on the cheek during the liturgy. Different cultures have different standards of appropriate physical contact. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate this sensitive issue [5:26](../05/26.md).
-1TH	5	1	i2vm	figs-explicit	περὶ δὲ	1	General Information:	**Now concerning** signals a change in subject (See [4:9](../04/09.md)). Here, the timing of and preparation for the Second Coming is in view. This phrase implies that the apostles are answering another specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian Church. If it could be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Now as it relates to your question about” or “Now, about your question referring to” or “Now, about your question relating to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	5	1	a8f3	figs-idiom	τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν	1	General Information:	Here, **the times and the seasons** is an idiom referring to: (1) a specific period in time. Alternate translation: “the appointed time of Jesus’ return” or “the fixed time when Jesus returns” (See Acts 1:7 for this exact phrase referring to the same thing). (2) a specific amount of time. Alternate translation: “how long it will take for the Lord Jesus to return” or “when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	1	z1s6	figs-idiom	ἀδελφοί	1	Connecting Statement:	Throughout this letter, **brothers** is an idiom meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	1	pjf6	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the idiom **brothers** includes females. If your language does not have this idiom, you can use a gender inclusive term that refers to male and female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” or “fellow believers in God” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TH	5	1	bcsa	figs-activepassive	οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε ὑμῖν γράφεσθαι	1	General Information:	If you have no passive form in your language, you could make it active (See this same phrase in [4:9](../04/09.md)). Alternate translation: “we do not need to write to you” or “you have no need for us to write it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TH	5	1	caue	figs-you	ἔχετε	1	General Information:	The word **you** is plural and refers to the believers in the Thessalonian Church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-1TH	5	2	dqgk	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκριβῶς οἴδατε	1	perfectly well	The words **For**, **yourselves**, and **perfectly** emphasize the how clearly the Thessalonian Church should understand when and how the Lord’s Second Coming will happen. Alternate translation: “Certainly you are well aware” or “Because you understand perfectly well” or “Indeed, you know precisely” or “In fact, you recognize accurately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1TH	5	2	yvg3	figs-simile	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκριβῶς οἴδατε ὅτι ἡμέρα Κυρίου, ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως ἔρχεται	1	perfectly well	This verse begins an extended list of contrasting similes that continues through [5:8](./05/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1TH	5	2	mcq9	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	perfectly well	This connecting word gives the reason why the Thessalonian Church has no need to have anything written to them about the timing and manner of the Lord’s Second Coming. Alternate translation: “Because” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	2	tu9t	figs-idiom	ἡμέρα Κυρίου	1	in this manner—like a thief in the night	This is an idiom that refers to the Old Testament concept of the time of God’s final judgment. This passage makes it clear that **the day of the Lord** is synonymous with “the coming of the Lord” in [2:15](../02/15.md). (See also Acts 2:20; 1 Corinthians 5:5; 2 Thessalonians 2:2; 2 Peter 3:10). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	2	tmj3	figs-simile	ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως ἔρχεται	1	in this manner—like a thief in the night	This simile expresses the unknown timing and exact manner, but certain reality of the Second Coming of the Lord. Alternate translation: “is coming as unexpectedly as a robber at night” or “is going to come so surprisingly” or “is going to happen like this–all of a sudden” (See UST) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1TH	5	3	p1wi	figs-hypo	ὅταν λέγωσιν, εἰρήνη καὶ ἀσφάλεια	1	When they may say	This clause continues the theme of unexpected timing of the Lord’s Coming, by using a hypothetical situation to express the suddenness of the “the day of the Lord.” Alternate translation: “Whenever they might say, ‘Everything is safe and sound,’” or “At a time when people are saying, ‘All is well,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-1TH	5	3	mjvd	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	τότε	1	When they may say	This verse expresses a contrast to what is expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TH	5	3	ne9n	figs-parallelism	τότε αἰφνίδιος αὐτοῖς ἐφίσταται ὄλεθρος	1	then sudden destruction	**sudden destruction** parallels the idea of terror that accompanies a sudden attack by “a thief in the night” [5:2](../05/02.md). Alternate translation: “right then immediate destruction is looming over them” or “at that moment unseen destruction hovers over them” or “then swift destruction attacks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	3	f1xr	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ; καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	**like birth pains** is a simile of the suddenness and inescapable nature of God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “just as suddenly as labor pains seize a pregnant woman–they can never escape this destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-1TH	5	3	sde2	figs-parallelism	ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ; καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	**like birth pains** parallels **sudden**, and **destruction** parallels **certainly not escape**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	4	sk6v	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὑμεῖς δέ	1	you, brothers	**But you** begins a clause that contrasts the destruction of those appointed “to wrath” (See [5:9](../05/09.md)) with the Thessalonian Church who are **not in darkness**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TH	5	4	rr9j		ἀδελφοί	1	you, brothers	Throughout this letter, **brothers** is an idiom meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	4	nr5f	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	you, brothers	Here, the idiom **brothers** includes females. If your language does not have this idiom, you can use a gender inclusive term that refers to male and female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” or “fellow believers in God” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TH	5	4	b6lv	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει	1	are not in darkness	Here **in darkness** is a metaphor for “unaware” or “unprepared” or “living in sin (like a thief)” (See [4:6-8](../0406.md)). Alternate translation: “are not unaware” or “are not unprepared” or “are not living in sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	4	elp9	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ	1	so that the day might overtake you like a thief	This is a result clause. Alternate translation: “causing you to be like people surprised by a robber. You are ready for the time when he returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	4	otz2	figs-ellipsis	ἡ ἡμέρα	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, **the day** is a relative ellipsis referring to the “**the day** of the Lord.” If it would be misunderstood in your language, you can make it clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	5	5	ddce	figs-doublet	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας. οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, **sons of the light** means the same thing as **sons of the day**. Also, **of the night** means the same thing as **of the darkness**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Certainly, all of you are ready for Christ’s second coming. None of us are ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	5	5	ww4y	figs-parallelism	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας. οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, **you are all sons of the light and sons of the day** is a contrasting parallelism to **We are not of the night, nor of the darkness**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	5	zp3z	figs-metaphor	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	**sons of the light and sons of the day** are metaphors for prepared Christians who will be saved (See [5:8-9](../05/08.md)). **sons** means “Christians who are characterized by.” **light** and **day** mean “spiritually ready.” This is opposite of those **of the darkness**. See also “those outside” in [4:12](../04/12.md). Alternate translation: “This is because all of you are ready for Christ’s coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	5	ilv4	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς…ἐστε	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	This reason clause uses an emphatic reflexive pronoun **you** and the inclusive **all** in order to “comfort” the Thessalonians [4:18, 5:11](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly all of you are” or “This is because you are all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	5	d6fm	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	We are not of the night nor of the darkness	**night** and **darkness** are metaphors for “ignorant,” “unprepared,” or “sin” (See [5:4](../05/04.md). Alternate translation: “We are not characterized by spiritual ignorance” or “We are not unprepared like those who live in the darkness, like those at night” or “we do not live like those who are characterized by sinful activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	5	kq0x	figs-exclusive	ἐσμὲν	1	We are not of the night nor of the darkness	Here, **we** is inclusive of all Christians in [5:5-5:10](../05/05.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	5	6	paqf	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄρα οὖν	1	we might keep watch and be sober	This phrase indicates as strong emphatic reason clause. Alternate translation: “This is the reason why,” or “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	6	d2aj	figs-metaphor	μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Here, **sleep** is used as a metaphor for “unprepared” or “unaware” (See note at [5:4](../05/04.md)). **the rest** refers to non-Christians: “those outside” in [4:12](../04/12.md), those “in darkness” in [5:4](../05/04.md), those “of the night and of the darkness” in [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “we must not be unprepared like non-Christians” or “we must not remain spiritually unaware like the rest of humanity” or “let us not be like others, who are not aware that Jesus is coming back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	6	on3d		μὴ καθεύδωμεν…γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Here, the verb forms **sleep**, **keep watch**, and **be sober** can be translated in three main ways: (1) Commands. Alternate translation: “we must not sleep … we must keep watch and be sober” (2) Suggestions/Obligations. Alternate translation: “we should not sleep … we should keep watch and we should be sober” (3) Appeals. Alternate translation: “let us not sleep … let us keep watch and let us be sober”
-1TH	5	6	q33e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	we might not sleep	This marks the beginning of a contrast clause. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” or “on the contrary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TH	5	6	sdww	figs-metaphor	γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might not sleep	The metaphor of spiritual preparedness and awareness continues with the phrase **keep watch and be sober**. Alternate translation: “instead, we must stay spiritually alert and prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	6	osxu	figs-doublet	γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might not sleep	Here, **keep watch** and **be sober** could refer to the same thing. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “let us remain soberly awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	5	7	s253	figs-metaphor	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	Here again, like in [5:6](../05/06.md), **sleep** is used as a metaphor for “unprepared” or “unaware” or even “sinful” (see also note at [5:4](../05/04.md). Here, this is combined with the metaphor of **night** [5:2](../05/02.md). This verb forms also conveys habitual or repeated activity. Alternate translation: “Because those who are sleep are unaware” or “Certainly those who are asleep are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	7	fxca	figs-parallelism	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν; καὶ οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	This verse utilizes structural parallelism to compare **sleeping** and **getting drunk**. It uses the same phrasing in both clauses to convey this parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	7	exa8	figs-metaphor	οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	those who are getting drunk, get drunk at night	Again, the metaphor of “unprepared” or “unaware” is compared to “drunkenness.” So, here, **sleeping** and **getting drunk** are metaphorical synonyms. Both verbs indicate a repeated or habitual practice. Alternate translation: “those who are drunk are unaware” or “Certainly those who are drunk are unprepared” or “those who drink too much alcohol, do it at night” or “alcoholics tend to get drunk at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	8	wh3g	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες, νήφωμεν	1	we, being of the day	This contrasting clause concludes this section’s main theme of **day** (See first note at [5:2](../05/02.md) and emphasizes the previous term **sober** [5:6](../05/06.md) as a contrast to “getting drunk.” Alternate translation: However, since we are ready for Christ’s coming, we must stay prepared” or “Instead, because we are ready, let us remain aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TH	5	8	i8j1	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	might stay sober	Here, **we** is inclusive of all Christians (See note at [4:17, 5:5](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	5	8	iv63		νήφωμεν	1	we, being of the day	This verb can be translated in three main ways (see your translation at [5:6](../05/06.md): (1) command. Alternate translation: “we must remain sober” (2) strong suggestion/obligation. Alternate translation: “we should remain sober” (3) appeal. Alternate translation: “let us remain sober”
-1TH	5	8	jqqo	figs-metaphor	ἡμέρας ὄντες	1	we, being of the day	**being of the day** could refer to: (1) belonging. Alternate translation: “belong to Christ” or “are part of those who are ready for Christ’s coming” (2) character. (See your translation at [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because all of you are ready for Christ’s coming” or “Certainly none of you are characterized by ignorance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	8	ev6i	figs-metaphor	ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	The military metaphor of **breastplate** and **helmet** reinforces that **sober** refers to readiness. As a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so the Christian must prepare himself for the Second Coming of Christ with spiritual protection (See also Ephesians 6:10-18,23). Alternate translation: “having equipped ourselves with faithfulness and love, like a soldier wears a breastplate; and having put on the confidence of salvation, like a helmet” or “by arming ourselves with faithful love, as with a breastplate; and salvation’s confident assurance, as with a helmet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	8	l89q	figs-possession	πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Here is a reference to three things that “remain: faith, hope, love” (See 1 Corinthians 13:13). These genitive phrases **of faith and of love … of salvation** can refer to: (1) means. Alternate translation: “through faith … love … salvation” (2) source. Alternate translation: “that comes from faith … that comes from love … that comes from salvation” (3) association. Alternate translation: “associated with faith … love … salvation” or “that is characterized by faith … love … salvation” (4) attribute. Alternate translation: “of faithful love … salvation’s hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	5	9	sgu8	figs-parallelism	ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ,	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	To emphasize the contrast of this parallelism, you could convert these clauses into two sentences. Alternate translation: “Because God did not destine us for wrath. Actually, God destined that our Lord Jesus Christ would preserve and save us.” or “Certainly, God did not determine to punish us. Instead, he determined that our Lord Jesus Christ would protect and save us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	9	lrx6	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **For** signals a reason clause. Alternate translation: “This is because” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	9	h5y2	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **wrath** is an abstract noun referring to God’s future and final Judgment. See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10, 2:16](../01/10/.md). If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “This is because God did not determine that he would judge us” or “Certainly, God did not destine to punish us” (See: [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro.md))(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	5	9	y7bg	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **us** is inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	5	9	qmo5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **but** marks the beginning of a contrast clause that emphasizes the impossibility of God’s people experiencing final judgment. Alternate translation: “but actually” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TH	5	9	ea58	figs-parallelism	εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This clause reinforces the impossibility of Christians experiencing God’s final **wrath**, and parallels the language of [5:8](../05/08.md). This word translated **to obtain** is a noun that literally means “placed around,” echoing the language of “helmet.” So then, **to obtain** and “hope” are parallels describing **salvation** in both verses. Alternate translation: “for possession of salvation” or “for preserving salvation” or “for the protection of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	9	qfcf	figs-possession	περιποίησιν σωτηρίας	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This genitive phrase expresses possession. Alternate translation: “possession of salvation” or “acquiring of salvation” or “preserving of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	5	9	ytdm	grammar-connect-time-sequential	εἰς περιποίησιν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This phrase could refer to destination. Alternate translation: “leading to the obtaining of” or “towards possession of” or “toward preserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-1TH	5	9	m8y1	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς περιποίησιν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This phrase could be a result clause. Alternate translation: “with the result of the possession of” or “causing us to obtain” or “so then preserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	9	c8t7	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς περιποίησιν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This phrase could be a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of possessing” or “in order to obtain” or “so that we preserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TH	5	9	reki	translate-textvariants	Χριστοῦ	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	A number of ancient manuscripts omit **Christ**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH	5	10	arhm	figs-distinguish	τοῦ ἀποθανόντος περὶ ἡμῶν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This relative clause gives the guarantee that we will “obtain salvation,” because Jesus **died for us**. Alternate translation: “he died for our sake” or “he died on our behalf” or “he died on our in place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1TH	5	10	dzq0	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν, ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ ζήσωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This could be a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that … we would live together with him” or “in order that … we could both live together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TH	5	10	j2ye	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν, ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ ζήσωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This could be a result clause. Alternate translation: “resulting in the fact that … we will live together with him” or “. So then, … we will both live together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	10	w59c	figs-euphemism	εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	**awake or asleep** is likely a euphemism that refers to “the dead and the living.” The previous use of **asleep** refers to those “appointed to wrath,” so it would not make sense to have the same meaning here. Alternate translation: “whether alive or dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-1TH	5	10	q3oy	figs-metaphor	εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This could also be continuing the metaphor of spiritual alertness or sleepiness. See [5:6](../05/05.md)) where the same words have this meaning. Here, it would indicate that since Christ **died for us**, we are assured “to obtain salvation” [5:9](..05/09.md). Alternate translation: “even if we are spiritually alert or groggy” or “whether we are prepared or caught unaware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	10	lrxs	figs-parallelism	ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ ζήσωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This phrase echoes the language of [4:17](../04/17.md), indicating that this life **together with him** is eternal life. Here, **for us** parallels **together with him** to express union with Christ as communion with his people. Alternate translation: “we would both live eternally with him” or “both the living and dead will live forever with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	11	r921	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα, καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε	1	build up one the other	**Therefore** indicates the conclusion of this section about “the day of the Lord,” echoing and expanding on the closing exhortation and exact phrase **comfort one another** found in [4:18](../04/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	5	11	m2c9	figs-doublet	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα, καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε	1	build up one the other	This verse uses a doublet to make an emphatic appeal to the Thessalonian Church. **comfort one another** is similar to **build up one the other**. **just as** is a common emphatic phrase in this letter (See [4:1](../04/01.md)). Alternate translation: “So then, keep encouraging each other and edifying one another, exactly as you are now doing” or “This is why you must keep consoling each other and confirming each one, doing it just as you are now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	5	11	fx2f	figs-idiom	οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	**build up** is an idiom that refers to spiritual strengthening or a metaphor that compares building a house to strengthening another person’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	11	kdae	figs-idiom	εἷς τὸν ἕνα	1	build up one the other	The phrase translated **one the other** literally means “one the one.” It is an idiom that means “each and every one” or “each one” or “one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	12	pd47	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	General Information:	This connecting word indicates the final section of instructions from the apostles. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “But” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	5	12	jeeb	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἐρωτῶμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς	1	General Information:	Here, **we ask you** is a final appeal to the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “Now we appeal to you” or “But we urge you” (See [4:1](../04/01.md) for a similar phrase).
-1TH	5	12	rka4		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Throughout this letter, **brothers** is an idiom meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” [5:4](../05/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	12	xnnz	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, the idiom **brothers** includes females. If your language does not have this idiom, you can use a gender inclusive term that refers to male and female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” or “fellow believers in God” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TH	5	12	ksp2		εἰδέναι	1	to acknowledge those who are laboring	In [5:12-13](../05/12/.md) the verb forms **to know** and “to regard” are used twice to urge the Thessalonian Church to submit to their leaders. Alternate translation: “to acknowledge the authority of” or “to recognize the authority”
-1TH	5	12	fqh3	figs-merism	τοὺς κοπιῶντας ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ, καὶ νουθετοῦντας ὑμᾶς	1	leading you in the Lord	This clause is merism that expresses different functions or categories for the same group of leaders: working, leading, training. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-1TH	5	12	f4jv	figs-idiom	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	leading you in the Lord	Here, the idiom **in the Lord** indicates that the Thessalonian Church must **acknowledge** these leaders because they are authorized by Lord Jesus himself (See also [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “with their authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	12	zlqn		νουθετοῦντας	1	leading you in the Lord	The word translated **admonishing** literally means “placing in mind” or “putting within the perceptions.” In essence, it refers to all the aspects of spiritual instruction. Alternate translation: “instructing” or “training” or “warning” or “disciplining”
-1TH	5	13	c966	figs-parallelism	καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	This verse uses intensified parallelism [5:12](../05/12.md), by adding **highly in love**. **to regard** parallels “to acknowledge,” **because of their work** parallels “laboring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	13	jq0o	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of their work for you, we also ask you to regard them highly in love” or “Since they work so hard for you, we also urge you to show them the highest honor out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	13	qcw4		καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	This phrase uses double emphasis. The word translated **regard** is meant to be a pun for leadership. The apostles are urging the Thessalonian Church “to lead the way” by their “excessive love” for their leaders. Alternate translation: “and to continue to model for them how to abundantly love” or “and to keep showing them the highest honor in love” or “and to lovingly demonstrate the utmost consideration”
-1TH	5	13	p6m4		ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	This phrase could refer to: (1) means. Alternate translation: “with love” (2) association. Alternate translation: “in the communion of love” (3) basis. Alternate translation: “on the basis of love” or “from love”
-1TH	5	13	rqs8	figs-imperative	εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here is the first of seventeen final appeals that apostles give the Thessalonian Church in [5:13-26](../05/13.md). **Be at peace** is an imperative, but the previous use of “we ask” in [5:12](../05/12.md) and following use of “we exhort” in [5:14](../05/14.md) communicate polite requests rather than a command. You could use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. **among yourselves** refers to the Thessalonian Church at its leaders. Alternate translation: “Continue to live at peace with your leaders” or “Reconcile with each other” or (See UST)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-1TH	5	14	tdxa	grammar-connect-words-phrases	παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί,	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	This phrase signals the apostles’ final appeals to the Thessalonian Church. Since there are fourteen commands in this section [5:14-22](../05/14.md), you could use a marker from your language to indicate this final section. Alternate translation: “Now, we urge you, fellow believers in Christ:” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	5	14	qadb	figs-idiom	ἀδελφοί	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	See notes at [5:12](../05/12.md) about **brothers**.
-1TH	5	14	lajk	figs-litany	νουθετεῖτε τοὺς ἀτάκτους, παραμυθεῖσθε τοὺς ὀλιγοψύχους, ἀντέχεσθε τῶν ἀσθενῶν, μακροθυμεῖτε πρὸς πάντας	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here begins a litany of commands that extends through [5:22](../05/22). It most likely is addressed to the leaders spoken of in [5:12-13](../05/12.md). All of these verbs indicate an emphasis of characteristic or repeated action. If your language makes this distinction, you could indicate this emphasis in your translation. Alternate translation: “Keep admonishing … toward all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
-1TH	5	15	oz10	figs-parallelism	ὁρᾶτε μή τις κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ τινι ἀποδῷ, ἀλλὰ πάντοτε τὸ ἀγαθὸν διώκετε, καὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	This verse uses contrasting parallelism: **pay back evil for evil** contrasts **pursue good**, **no one** contrasts **always**. This verse also uses synonymous parallelism: **to anyone** is similar to **both for one another and for all**. If this parallelism is unclear in your language, you could make it emphatic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	15	vlp7	figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε μή τις κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ τινι ἀποδῷ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here, **See that** is an idiom for commanding attention. Alternate translation: “Be certain that no one repays evil in place of evil” or “It is forbidden for anyone to pay back evil instead of evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	15	mc2z	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here, **always** could be using a hyperbole to express emphasis. Alternate translation: “constantly” or “habitually” or “make every effort to” or (See UST) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-1TH	5	15	pe3l	figs-merism	καὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here, **both for one another and for all** is used as a way to emphasize the whole human race (See how you translated this phrase in [3:12](../03/12.md). If **both for one another and for all** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for everyone” or “for each and every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-1TH	5	16	chw9	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1	Rejoice always	Here again, **always** could be using a hyperbole to express emphasis. Alternate translation: “constantly” or “habitually” or “make every effort to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-1TH	5	17	l63i	figs-hyperbole	ἀδιαλείπτως προσεύχεσθε	1	Pray without ceasing	Here, **without ceasing** could be using a hyperbole to express emphasis. Alternate translation: “Keep praying regularly” or “Continue to habitually pray” or “Be in a prayerful state” or “Retain a prayerful state of mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-1TH	5	18	bt5q		ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε	1	In everything	Here, **in everything** could refer to: (1) situation/circumstance. Alternate translation: “In every situation give thanks” or “In every circumstance be thankful” or “No matter what happens offer thanks to God” (2) time. Alternate translation: “At every time give thanks” or “In every moment be thankful” (3) both. Alternate translation: “In every situation and moment”
-1TH	5	18	z9gg	figs-infostructure	ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε	1	In everything give thanks	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Continue to give thanks in everything” or “Keep giving thanks at every time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1TH	5	18	q7gn	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	This is a reason clause. Alternate translation: “Because this is God’s will for you who are united to Christ Jesus” or “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will for you who are in union with Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	18	l3sk	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ	1	for this is the will of God	**this** emphasizes what **is the will of God**. **this** refers either to **in everything give thanks** or all the commands in [5:14-18](../05/14.md). See your translation of **the will of God** at [4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “In fact, this is God’s will” or “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-1TH	5	18	sw8b	figs-abstractnouns	θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could change this abstract noun phrase to an active form. Alternate translation: “God desires that you live like those who are in union with Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	5	19	j1ei	figs-metaphor	τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	**quench** is a metaphor comparing the **Spirit** to a breath or wind that can be snuffed out. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” or (See UST) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	19	sv8r	figs-litotes	μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	If **do not quench** would be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Continue to kindle the Spirit” or “Keep working along with the Spirit” or “Be fervent in the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-1TH	5	19	lqc3	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	Do not quench the Spirit	The phrase translated **the Spirit** is assumed to refer to “the Holy **Spirit**” (See [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit” or “the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	5	20	iv1n		προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε	1	Do not despise prophecies	This could refer to: (1) the content of “quench the Spirit.” Alternate translation: “Do not despise prophecies from the Spirit” (2) a separate issue within the Thessalonian Church. Alternate translation: “Do not revile prophecies” or “Do not scorn prophetic messages”
-1TH	5	21	wx69	figs-metaphor	πάντα δοκιμάζετε	1	Test all things	**all things** refers to “prophecies” [5:20](../05/21.md). (See [2:4](../02/04.md) for the word translated **test** as “approved” used in the same context). Here, **test** is a metaphor comparing “prophecies” to metal tested for purity in a refiner’s fire. If you have an equivalent metaphor from your culture, you could use it. Alternate translation: “Examine and approve all prophecies” or “Test and examine all prophetic messages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	21	qgay	translate-textvariants	πάντα δοκιμάζετε; τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	Many ancient manuscripts add a contrasting “But” at the beginning of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH	5	21	n1jv	figs-metaphor	τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	Here, “prophecies” are spoken of as **what {is} good**, compared to objects that someone could hold in his hands. Alternate translation: “Hold on tight to a genuine prophecy from the Spirit” or “Keep only the good prophecies” or “Clutch whatever prophecies are excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	22	bm8l	figs-parallelism	ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ ἀπέχεσθε	1	Test all things	This verse is a contrasting parallel to [5:21](../05/21.md). **Stay away** is the opposite of “Hold fast,” **all** parallels “all things,” **appearance of evil** is opposite of “what is good.” Alternate translation: “Hold back from accepting any prophecy that appears wicked” or “Don’t hold on tight to any prophecy that appears false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	22	z9k0	figs-personification	παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ	1	Test all things	**appearance** is used to personify prophecy as if someone or something that can be seen. If **appearance** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could express **appearance** in clear terms. Alternate translation: “all apparently evil prophecies” or “all obvious evil prophecies” or “any clearly wicked prophecies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-1TH	5	23	mqi7	translate-blessing	ἁγιάσαι	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	The verbs **sanctify … be kept** indicate that this is a final blessing or prayer section. You could use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “Now I pray, that God himself, who gives peace, would sancitfy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-1TH	5	23	ozyh	figs-parallelism	ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς, καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here, the words translated **completely** and **entire** have parallel forms and meanings. **sanctify** parallels **be kept blamelessly**. See also [3:13](../03/13.md) for a parallel passage. Alternate translation: “may … fully preserve you as his people to the end, and may every part of you be protected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	23	sbxc	figs-possession	ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	**the God of peace** is a title for God found in the New Testament (See Romans 15:33; 16:20; Philippians 4:9; Hebrews 13:20). **the God of peace** can refer to: (1) God’s character. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by peace” (2) What God does. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (3) Both. Alternate translation: (See UST) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	5	23	nb1x	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	**himself** is used to emphasize the urgency of the apostles’ prayer or blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1TH	5	23	vkhs	figs-activepassive	ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη.	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	The passive verb form **may be … kept** indicates God is one who is being asked to complete the action. You could change this phrase to an active form. Alternate translation: “may God make your whole life sinless” or “may God keep you completely blameless” or (See UST) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TH	5	23	a64t		ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη.	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	The word translated **may … be kept** also indicates a strong desire or hope. Alternate translation: “O that … would be kept” or “may … be guarded blamelessly” or “may … be protected blamelessly” or “may … be preserved blamelessly”.
-1TH	5	23	s36k	figs-merism	ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here, the concepts **your entire spirit, and soul, and body** represent the whole person. If your language does not have three words for these concepts you can state it as “your whole life” “your entire life” or “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-1TH	5	23	nyma	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here, the word translated **coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ [4:15](../04/15.md) or the “Day of the Lord” [5:2](../05/02.md). It literally means, “presence” or “being with or near.” Here, **coming** expresses “presence,” so the emphasis is on the lasting presence of the Lord Jesus (see also Matthew 24). The definite article **the** indicates either the one and only Coming of the Lord, or the well-known Coming of the Lord. Alternate translation: or “when the Lord Jesus Christ presents himself” or “at the arrival of the Lord Jesus Christ” or “when our Lord Jesus Christ arrives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	24	vx20		πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς, ὃς καὶ ποιήσει	1	Faithful is he who calls you	This statement concludes the blessing of [5:23](../05/23.md).
-1TH	5	24	mq2u	figs-parallelism	πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς	1	Faithful is he who calls you	This verse specifically parallels the language of [4:7](../04/07.md) and also [2:12](../02/12.md). Alternate translation: “The faithful God keeps summoning you to complete sanctification” or “The trustworthy God is inviting you to completely belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	24	i03k	grammar-connect-logic-result	πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς, ὃς καὶ ποιήσει	1	who will also do it	Here, **who will also do it** is the reason of result clause. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Because God is faithful, he will also completely sanctify you” or “Since God is trustworthy, he will also accomplish your complete sanctification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	24	j08v	figs-ellipsis	ὁ καλῶν	1	Faithful is he who calls you	This is an example of relative ellipsis, where the presumed reference is “the God of peace” in [5:23](../05/23.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “God who calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	5	24	c3jg	figs-rpronouns	ὃς	1	who will also do it	The pronoun **who** refers to **he**. **he** refers to God and emphasizes the faithfulness of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1TH	5	25	q8ki	figs-idiom	ἀδελφοί	1	General Information:	Throughout this letter, **brothers** is an idiom meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” [5:14](../05/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	25	qa1c	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, the idiom **brothers** includes females. If your language does not have this idiom, you can use a gender inclusive term that refers to male and female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” or “fellow believers in God” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TH	5	25	b7w3	figs-imperative	προσεύχεσθε	1	brothers	**pray** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please pray” or “We ask you to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-1TH	5	25	i5yv	translate-textvariants	καὶ	1	brothers	Some ancient manuscripts omit “also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1TH	5	1	i2vm	figs-explicit	περὶ δὲ τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν	1	General Information:	Here, **Now concerning** signals a change in subject (See also [4:9](../04/09.md)). This phrase implies that the apostles are answering a specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church about the timing of “the coming of the Lord” and how they should prepare for it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, about your question related to the exact timing of the Lord’s return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	5	1	a8f3	figs-idiom	τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν	1	General Information:	Here, **the times and the seasons** is an idiom referring to a specific point in time or a time period. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. This phrase could refer to: (1) a specific point in time. Alternate translation: “the appointed time when Jesus returns” or “the fixed time when Jesus returns” (See [Acts 1:7](acts/01/07.md) for this exact phrase referring to the same thing)). (2) a specific amount of time. Alternate translation: “how long it will take for the Lord Jesus to return” or “when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TH	5	1	caue	figs-ellipsis	οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε ὑμῖν γράφεσθαι	1	General Information:	Here, words are left out in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **for us** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1TH	5	2	yvg3	figs-simile			perfectly well	This verse begins an extended list of contrasting similes that continues through [5:8](../05/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use equivalent comparisons or express these meanings in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1TH	5	2	dqgk	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκριβῶς οἴδατε	1	perfectly well	The words **For**, **yourselves**, and **perfectly** emphasize the how clearly the Thessalonian church should understand when and how the Lord’s Second Coming will happen. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact, it is certain that you recognize accurately” or “Certainly you are well aware of this fact” or “Indeed, you know precisely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+1TH	5	2	mcq9	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	perfectly well	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church has “no need that anything be written” to them about the timing and manner of the Lord’s Second Coming (See [5:1](..05/01.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	5	2	tu9t	figs-idiom	ἡμέρα Κυρίου	1	in this manner—like a thief in the night	Here, **the day of the Lord** is an idiom that refers to the Old Testament concept of the time of God’s final judgment. The context of this passage makes it clear that **the day of the Lord** is synonymous with “the coming of the Lord” Jesus in [4:15](../04/15.md). (See also [Acts 2:20](acts/02/20.md); [1 Corinthians 5:5](1cor/05/05.md); [2 Thessalonians 2:2](2thes/02/02.md); [2 Peter 3:10](2pet/03/10)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation; “when the Lord Jesus returns again to earth” or “the time when the Lord Jesus will finally judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TH	5	2	tmj3	figs-simile	ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως ἔρχεται	1	in this manner—like a thief in the night	The point of this comparison is that, just like a thief at night comes unexpectedly, the way Jesus will return is unexpected and/or the timing of his return is unknown. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is going to come as unexpectedly as a robber at night” or “is going to come so surprisingly–like when a thief breaks in at night” or “is going to happen like this–all of a sudden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1TH	5	3	p1wi	figs-hypo	ὅταν λέγωσιν, εἰρήνη καὶ ἀσφάλεια	1	When they may say	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to express the suddenness of the “the day of the Lord.” Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Whenever they might say, ‘Everything is safe and sound,’” or “At a time when people are saying, ‘All is well,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
+1TH	5	3	mjvd	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	τότε	1	When they may say	Here what follows the word **then** is in contrast to the **Peace and safety** these people expected to last. Instead, **sudden destruction comes** on them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+1TH	5	3	ne9n	figs-parallelism	τότε αἰφνίδιος αὐτοῖς ἐφίσταται ὄλεθρος	1	then sudden destruction	Here, **sudden destruction** parallels the idea of terror that accompanies a sudden attack by “a thief in the night” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “then unexpected destruction attacks like a thief in the night” or “right then immediate destruction is looming over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1TH	5	3	sde2	figs-parallelism	αἰφνίδιος αὐτοῖς ἐφίσταται ὄλεθρος, ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ; καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	Here, **sudden** describes the unexpected timing of **birth pains** , and **certainly not escape** describes the nature of **destruction**. Paul says similar things with these phrases to show that God’s final judgment will be a total surprise and complete ruin for unbelievers. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize these ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1TH	5	3	f1xr	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ; καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	The point of this comparison is that, just like a pregnant woman suddenly experiences labor pains, God’s final judgment will come suddenly and be inescapable. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as suddenly as labor pains seize a pregnant woman–these people can never escape God’s destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1TH	5	3	iwc2	figs-idiom	τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	Here, this clause is an idiom meaning “pregnant.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “do for a woman in late pregnancy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TH	5	3	undo	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	Here, **certainly not** is a strong prohibition meaning “never” (See [4:15](..04/15.md)). If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they will never escape” or “there is no way to possibly escape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+1TH	5	4	sk6v	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὑμεῖς δέ	1	you, brothers	Here what follows the words **But you** is in contrast to the “sudden destruction” of the people in [5:3](../05/03.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Certainly you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+1TH	5	4	b6lv	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει	1	are not in darkness	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they actually live in place without light. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **in darkness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “are not unprepared” or “are not living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	4	elp9	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ	1	so that the day might overtake you like a thief	This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “causing you to be like people surprised by a robber. You are ready for the time when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	5	4	otz2	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἡμέρα	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, Paul speaks figuratively about the idiom “the **day** of the Lord” in [5:2](..05/02.md), by contrasting **the day** with **darkness**. He means that because the Thessalonian church is not unaware of  “the **day** of the Lord,” they will not be unprepared like people who live **in darkness**. If your readers would not understand what **the day** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	4	ywez	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul speaks figuratively of “the **day** of the Lord” as if it were a thief who surprises a person. He means that “the **day** of the Lord” will come suddenly for those who are unprepared (See “sudden destruction” in [5:3](..05/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “making you unprepared, like when a robber breaks in at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	5	ddce	figs-doublet	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας. οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, **sons of the light** means basically the same thing as **sons of the day**. Also, **of the night** means basically the same thing as **of the darkness**. The repetition is used to emphasize how **light** characterizes **day** and how **darkness** characterizes **night**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Certainly, all of you are ready for Christ’s Second Coming. None of us are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TH	5	5	zp3z	figs-metaphor	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as if the **light** and **day** were their physical parents. He means that the Thessalonian church members are God’s spiritual children who are characterized by spiritual readiness. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of the light and sons of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “This is because all of you who belong to God are ready for Christ’s coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	5	ilv4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church will escape God’s judgment on “the **day** of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/04.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	5	5	cxo9	figs-nominaladj	πάντες…ὑμεῖς…ἐστε	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe the whole Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “you Thessalonians are all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1TH	5	5	d6fm	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	We are not of the night nor of the darkness	Again, Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they actually live in a place without light. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully (See [5:4](../05/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the night** or **of the darkness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture.  Alternate translation:  “We are not unprepared like those at night, or those who live in the darkness, ” or “We are not characterized by being spiritually ignorant” or “we do not live like those who are characterized by sinful activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	5	kq0x	figs-exclusive	ἐσμὲν	1	We are not of the night nor of the darkness	In [5:5-5:10](../05/05.md), **we** is inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “We believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+1TH	5	5	f4uw	figs-possession	νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	We are not of the night nor of the darkness	Paul is using the possessive form to describe people who are characterized by spiritual ignorance or who live sinfully. This means that they will not be prepared at “**the day** of the Lord.” If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “characterized by being spiritually unprepared and living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1TH	5	6	paqf	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄρα οὖν	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Here, **so then** emphatically introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “This is the reason why” or “As a result then,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	5	6	d2aj	figs-metaphor	μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Here, Paul speaks figuratively about the people “of the night” and “of the darkness” are if they are sleeping. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully (See notes for “darkness” at [5:4-5](../05/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **sleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “we must not be unprepared like non-Christians” or “let us not be like the rest of humanity, who are not aware that Jesus is coming back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	6	on3d	figs-imperative	μὴ καθεύδωμεν…γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Here, the verb forms **sleep**, **keep watch**, and **be sober** could also refer to: (1) commands. Alternate translation: “we must not sleep … we must keep watch and be sober” (2) appeals. Alternate translation: “let us not sleep … let us keep watch and let us be sober” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+1TH	5	6	x0zh	figs-nominaladj	οἱ λοιποί	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Paul is using the adjective **the rest** as a noun in order to describe those who are unprepared for Christ’s return. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “like others who are not ready for the Lord Jesus to return” or “like the rest of humanity” or  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1TH	5	6	q33e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	we might not sleep	Here, what follows the word **but** is in contrast to **the rest** who **sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “on the contrary” or “however”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+1TH	5	6	sdww	figs-metaphor	γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might not sleep	Here, Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are watch guards. He means that they should be aware or prepared for the Lord’s return by living as God’s people should. If your readers would not understand what it means to **keep watch** or **be sober** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “instead, we must stay spiritually alert and prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	6	osxu	figs-hendiadys	γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might not sleep	These verbs express a similar idea by using two words connected with **and**. The verb **be sober** tells how Christians should **keep watch**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “we should calmly remain alert” or “let us remain soberly awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+1TH	5	7	fxca	figs-parallelism	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν; καὶ οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	These two phrases convey similar ideas by repeating the same verb forms twice. Paul says the same thing twice, in different ways, to show that **sleeping** and **getting drunk** are states of being that make people unaware or unprepared. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can condense each phrase. Alternate translation: “Because people sleep at night, and people get drunk at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1TH	5	7	oyjo	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should “not sleep” or be unprepared for the Lord’s return (See [5:6](..05/06.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	5	7	s253	figs-metaphor	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	Here again, like in [5:6](../05/06.md), Paul speaks figuratively as if these people are actually sleeping or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or even sinful (see also notes at [5:2,4](../05/02.md). If your readers would not understand what **sleep** or **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because those who are sleeping are unaware” or “Certainly those who are asleep are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	7	exa8	figs-metaphor	οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	those who are getting drunk, get drunk at night	Paul speaks figuratively as if these people are actually drunk or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or sinful. If your readers would not understand what **getting drunk** or **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who are drunk are unprepared” or “those who are drunk are unaware” or  or “those who drink too much alcohol, tend to drink at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	8	wh3g	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	we, being of the day	What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to “getting drunk” at “night” in [5:7](../05/07.md). Instead, Christians are characterized by the activities of **the day** and staying **sober** (See [5:5–6](../05/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+1TH	5	8	iv63	figs-imperative	νήφωμεν	1	we, being of the day	Here, **might stay sober** could refer to: (1) a command. Alternate translation: “we must stay sober” (2) an appeal. Alternate translation: “let us stay sober” (See your translation at [5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+1TH	5	8	jqqo	figs-metaphor	ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες	1	we, being of the day	Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are actually a part of the day time. He means that they are characterized by spiritual readiness for the Lord’s return. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now, because we are ready for Christ’s coming, we” or “since we are characterized by being ready, we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	8	ev6i	figs-metaphor	ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:10-18,23](eph/6/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	9	h5y2	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **wrath** refers to God’s future and final Judgment (See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10, 2:16](../01/10/.md)(See also [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro.md)). If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **wrath** with a verb form or another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, God did not destine to punish us” or “Because in fact, God did not determine that he would judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	5	9	lrx6	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should have “the hope of salvation” (See [5:8](../05/08.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Because in fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	5	8	l89q	figs-possession	πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul uses the possessive form to describe things that are characterized by **faith** and **hope** and **love**. You could turn these phrases into similes if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1TH	5	9	erz5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς…εἰς	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose or goal for which God **appointed** these two types of people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+1TH	5	9	qmo5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to **wrath**. Here Paul emphasizes that God’s true people will not experience his final punishment. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but actually” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+1TH	5	9	qfcf	figs-possession	εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Paul is using this possessive phrase to indicate that **salvation** is something that belongs to God’s people. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for the possessing of salvation” or “for the acquiring of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1TH	5	10	arhm	figs-distinguish	τοῦ ἀποθανόντος περὶ ἡμῶν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **the one who died for us** gives us further information about what “salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ” is (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Paul means that God gives the guarantee that Christians will “obtain salvation,” because Jesus **died for us**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who died on our behalf” or “who died for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	5	10	dzq0	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα…ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ ζήσωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why Jesus **died for us**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that … we would live together with him” or “in order that … both could live together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+1TH	5	10	w59c	figs-metaphor	εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically **awake or asleep**. He means that they are “alive or dead” (See [4:14–17](../04/14.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **awake or asleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether we are living or even if we are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	11	r921	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	build up one the other	Here, **Therefore** indicates the conclusion of this section about timing of “the day of the Lord,” and connects to the manner of Christ’s return in [4:14–18](../04/18.md) by using the same phrase **comfort one another**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	5	11	o85i	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Here, **Therefore** begins a result clause. Paul explains what the Thessalonian church should do in response to that Jesus died so that Christians can “obtain salvation” (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Alternate translation: “This is why you should encourage” or “As a result, you must comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	5	11	m2c9	figs-doublet	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα	1	build up one the other	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much Paul wants the Thessalonian church to encourage and support each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “As a result, continue to be supportive of what each person needs” or “This is why you must keep consoling each other and confirming each one in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+1TH	5	11	hepx	figs-imperative	παρακαλεῖτε…οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	These verbs are imperatives, but could communicate an appeal rather than a command. You could use a form in your language that communicates an urgent request or appeal. Alternate translation: “we apostles urge you to comfort … build up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+1TH	5	11	fx2f	figs-idiom	οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as if they were a building that can be constructed. He means that they should mutually support one another in the Christian life. If your readers would not understand what it means to **build up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	11	kdae	figs-idiom	εἷς τὸν ἕνα	1	build up one the other	Here, the term **one the other** is an idiom meaning “each and every one” or “each one.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “each one” or “one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TH	5	11	sfv4		καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Here, Paul uses the emphatic phrase **just as also you are doing** to encourage the Thessalonian church to continue their practice of mutually supporting each other. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “exactly as you have been doing”
+1TH	5	12	pd47	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	General Information:	Here, **Now** indicates that what follows is the final section of instructions from the apostles. Alternate translation: “Lastly” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	5	12	fqh3	figs-distinguish	τοὺς κοπιῶντας ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ, καὶ νουθετοῦντας ὑμᾶς	1	leading you in the Lord	This clause expresses different functions for the same group of leaders. It is not making a distinction between **those who are laboring … leading … admonishing you**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “your leaders who are working … guiding … training you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+1TH	5	12	f4jv	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	leading you in the Lord	Paul speaks figuratively as if the leaders of the church at Thessalonica are occupying space inside of **the Lord**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that these men represent Jesus himself in their leadership role in the Thessalonian church (See also [4:1](../04/01.md). If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way.  Alternate translation: “with authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	13	jq0o	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of their work on your behalf, we also ask you to lovingly show them the utmost consideration” or “Since they work so hard for you, we also urge you to show them the highest honor out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	5	13	qcw4		καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Since, the word translated **regard** often means “to lead,” Paul could be emphasizing the Thessalonian church should “lead the way” or “set an example” in loving their leaders. Use way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and to set an example of how to abundantly love” or “and to lovingly demonstrate the utmost consideration”
+1TH	5	13	p6m4		ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul speaks figuratively as if the Thessalonian church is occupying space inside of **love**. He is describing how they should show honor to their leaders. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Here, **in love** could refer to: (1) the means of love. Alternate translation: “by loving them” (2) the basis for love. Alternate translation: “on the basis of your love for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	13	rqs8	figs-imperative	εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here is the first of seventeen final appeals in [5:13-26](../05/13.md) that the apostles give the Thessalonian church. **Be at peace** is an imperative, but here it could be an urgent request rather than a command. Use a natural way in your language to communicate an appeal or urgent request. Alternate translation: “We urge you to continue to live in peace with your leaders” or “We request that you reconcile with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+1TH	5	14	lajk	figs-litany		0	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul uses a repetitive series of imperative sentences in [5:14–22](../05/14) to urge the Thessalonian church to show practical love to one another. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone should do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
+1TH	5	14	tdxa	grammar-connect-words-phrases	παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί,	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	This phrase signals the apostles’ final appeals to the Thessalonian church. Since there are fourteen commands in this section [5:14-22](../05/14.md), you could use a marker from your language to indicate this final section. Alternate translation: “Finally, we urge you, fellow believers in Christ” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	5	14	qadb	figs-idiom	ἀδελφοί	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here the idiom **brothers** could refer to: (1) the whole Thessalonian church including the leaders. Alternate translation: “our fellow believers in Christ” (2) the leaders of the Thessalonian church. Alternate translation: “fellow leaders of Christ’s church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TH	5	14	g34k	figs-nominaladj	πρὸς πάντας	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe the Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “toward all your fellow believers in Christ” or “with the whole Thessalonian church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1TH	5	15	vlp7	figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here, **See that** is an idiom used to command attention. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TH	5	15	dqs8	figs-metaphor	κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ τινι ἀποδῷ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul speaks figuratively of **evil** as if it was money that can be exchanged. He means that if a someone treats you badly, you should not respond the same way. If your readers would not understand what it means to **pay back evil for evil** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “treat anyone wrongly because they treat you wrongly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	15	oz10	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here what follows the word **but** is in contrast to repaying **evil for evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “on the contrary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+1TH	5	15	mc2z	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here, **always** could be using exaggeration to express emphasis. Paul means that the Thessalonian church should make it a habit to **pursue what is good**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “make every effort to” or “constantly” or “habitually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+1TH	5	15	pe3l	figs-merism	καὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here, **both for one another and for all** is used to emphasize groups of people. In this context, the phrase could refer to: (1) the Thessalonian church and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “for your church at Thessalonica and for all believers in Christ” (2) the Thessalonian church and the whole human race (See how you translated this phrase in [3:12](../03/12.md)). Alternate translation: “for everyone” or “for each and every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+1TH	5	15	i0jy	figs-nominaladj	εἰς πάντας	2	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul could be using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Here it could refer to: (1) all Christians. Alternate translation: “for all your fellow believers in Christ” (2) the whole human race. Alternate translation: “toward all humanity”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1TH	5	16	chw9	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1	Rejoice always	Here, **always** could be using exaggeration to express emphasis. Paul could mean that the Thessalonian church should make it a habit to **rejoice**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “constantly” or “habitually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+1TH	5	17	l63i	figs-hyperbole	ἀδιαλείπτως προσεύχεσθε	1	Pray without ceasing	Here, **without ceasing** could be using exaggeration to express emphasis. Paul could mean that the Thessalonian church should make it a habit to **pray**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Continue to pray” or “Keep praying regularly” or “Retain a prayerful state of mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+1TH	5	18	bt5q	figs-nominaladj	ἐν παντὶ	1	In everything	Paul is using the adjective **everything** as a noun in order to describe a situation or time. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Here, **in everything** could refer to: (1) a situation or circumstance. Alternate translation: “In every circumstance” or “No matter what happens” (2) time. Alternate translation: “At every time” or “At every moment” (3) both a situation and time. Alternate translation: “In every circumstance and moment” <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1TH	5	18	x2jg	figs-infostructure	ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε;	1	In everything	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Continue to give thanks in everything” or “Keep giving thanks at every time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+1TH	5	18	q7gn	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε; τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	Here, **for* begins a reason clause. Paul is telling the Thessalonian church the reason why they should “rejoice,” “pray,” and **give thanks** in [5:16–18](../05/16.md)). If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Give thanks in everything–because all these things are what God desires for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “Because this is God’s will for you who are united to Christ Jesus, you must give thanks in everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	5	18	l3sk	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ	1	for this is the will of God	Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that could refer to: (1) all the commands in [5:14-18](../05/14.md) Alternate translation: “because all these things are what God desires” (2) **give thanks**. Alternate translation: “in fact, this is God’s will” or “certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+1TH	5	18	yu36	figs-ellipsis	τοῦτο	1	for this is the will of God	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1TH	5	18	sw8b	figs-abstractnouns	θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **the will of God in Christ Jesus for you** in another way. Alternate translation: “how God desires people to live who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	5	18	mbz1	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **the will of God** as though it was occupying space inside **Christ Jesus**. This metaphor means that the way God desires his people to live is inseparable from being united to **Christ Jesus** (See also [2:14](../04/16.md)). If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “for those of you who are united to Jesus Christ” or “for all of you who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	19	j1ei	figs-metaphor	τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	Paul speaks figuratively of **the** Holy **Spirit** as if he is fire that can be extinguished. Paul means that the Thessalonian church must not hinder the work of the Holy **Spirit**, especially by despising prophecies (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **quench** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	19	sv8r	figs-litotes	μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Continue to kindle” or “Be fervent in” or “Keep working along with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+1TH	5	20	iv1n	figs-litotes	μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε	1	Do not despise prophecies	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Readily accept” or “Cherish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+1TH	5	20	rrza	figs-parallelism	προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε	1	Do not despise prophecies	The two phrases in [5:19–20](../05/19.md) could refer to the same thing. Paul could be saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to correct how the Thessalonian church viewed prophecy. He means that the Holy Spirit is the source of true prophecy (See [2 Peter 1:21](2pet/01/21.md)), so they should not “quench the Spirit” by rejecting all prophecies. You could use a natural way in your language to emphasize this. Alternate translation: “Do not continue to despise prophetic messages from the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1TH	5	21	wx69	figs-metaphor	πάντα δοκιμάζετε	1	Test all things	Paul speaks figuratively of prophecies as if they could take and pass a test. He means that the Thessalonian church must examine and approve prophecies to determine whether or not they are genuinely from the Holy Spirit (See [2:4](../02/04.md) for a similar context)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **Test all things** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Examine and approve all prophecies” or “Test and examine all prophetic messages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	21	sjh0	nominaladj	πάντα	1	Test all things	Paul is using the adjectival phrase **all things** as a noun in order to describe prophecies. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all prophecies” or “all messages to see if they are genuine prophecies from the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+1TH	5	21	n1jv	figs-metaphor	τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	Paul speaks figuratively of prophecies as if they are objects that someone could hold tightly in his hands. He means that the Thessalonian church should only accept prophecies that prove to be from the Holy Spirit. If your readers would not understand what it means to **hold fast to what {is} good** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Keep only the  valid prophecies” or “Hold on tight to a genuine prophecy from the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	21	jska	figs-ellipsis	τὸ καλὸν	1	Test all things	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1TH	5	22	bm8l	figs-parallelism	ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ ἀπέχεσθε	1	Test all things	The concepts in [5:20](../05/20/.md) and [5:21](../05/21/.md) mean the exact opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, with contrasting parallel language, to emphasize precisely how the Thessalonian church should handle the issue of prophecy. If it would be natural in your language, you could make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “Refrain from accepting any prophecy that appears wicked” or “Do not retain any prophecy that appears false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1TH	5	22	z9k0	figs-personification	παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ	1	Test all things	Here, **evil** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be seen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all apparently evil prophecies” or “all obviously evil prophecies” or “any clearly wicked prophecies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TH	5	23	mqi7	translate-blessing	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἁγιάσαι	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here, the verb forms indicate that this is a blessing or prayer (See also [3:11–13](../03/11.md)). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “Now we pray, that God himself, who gives peace, would sanctify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
+1TH	5	23	ozyh	figs-parallelism	ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς, καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how much he wants God to preserve the Thessalonian church as his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “may … fully preserve you as his people to the end, and may every part of you be protected” or “may … completely preserve each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1TH	5	23	sbxc	figs-possession	ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here Paul uses the possessive form **the God of peace**, which is a title for God found in the New Testament (See Romans 15:33; 16:20; Philippians 4:9; Hebrews 13:20). If this is not clear in your language, you could make it explicit. In this context, **the God of peace** could refer to: (1) who God is. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by peace” (2) what God does. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (3) Both. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+1TH	5	23	nb1x	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Paul uses the word **himself** to emphasize the urgency of the apostles’ prayer or blessing by drawing attention to **God**, who is the only one who can sanctify and keep the Christian person blameless. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+1TH	5	23	vkhs	figs-activepassive	ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη.	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **be kept** with an active form, and you could emphasize who did the action. Alternate translation: “may God keep you completely blameless” or “may God make your whole life sinless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TH	5	23	s36k	figs-merism	ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Paul speaks figuratively, using these three aspects of the human person in order to represent the whole human being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “your whole being” or “your whole life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+1TH	5	23	nyma	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here, **coming of the Lord** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [4:15](../04/15.md)) or the “Day of the **Lord**” in [5:2](../05/02.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when our Lord Jesus Christ comes back to earth again” or “at the arrival of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TH	5	24	i03k	grammar-connect-logic-result	πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς, ὃς καὶ ποιήσει	1	who will also do it	Here, **who will also do it** expresses the result of God’s faithfulness. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Because God is faithful, he will also preserve you sanctified” or “Since God is trustworthy, he will also completely sanctify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+1TH	5	24	vx20	figs-explicit	πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς	1	Faithful is he who calls you	Here it is implied that **he** refers to “the God of peace” in [5:23](../05/23.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Faithful is God who calls you” or “The God who continues to summon you is faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	5	24	lg3b	figs-ellipsis	πιστὸς ὁ	1	Faithful is he who calls you	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1TH	5	24	c3jg	writing-pronouns	ὁ καλῶν…ὃς	1	who will also do it	The pronouns **he** and **who** refer to “the God of peace” [5:23](../05/23.md). If it is natural in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “is God who calls … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+1TH	5	24	pa1g	figs-ellipsis	ποιήσει	1	who will also do it	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **it** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1TH	5	25	b7w3	figs-imperative	προσεύχεσθε καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν	1	brothers	Here, **pray** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request or appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request or appeal. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clearer. Alternate translation: “We ask you to pray” or “Please pray for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1TH	5	25	tbhj	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	brothers	Here, **us** refers exclusively to the apostles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	5	26	j46q	figs-imperative	ἀσπάσασθε	1	brothers	**Greet** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+1TH	5	26	j46q	figs-imperative	ἀσπάσασθε	1	brothers	Here, **Greet** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1TH	5	26	dwl8	figs-idiom	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς πάντας	1	brothers	Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian Church–and by extension–all Christians. Alternate translation: “all believers in Christ” or “all Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	26	v9iy	figs-explicit	ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ	1	brothers	**a holy kiss** is a reference to a symbolic greeting of Christian affection that the Thessalonian Church would have understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	5	26	jhvi		φιλήματι ἁγίῳ	1	brothers	This letter’s theme of holiness is reinforced by calling it a **holy kiss**. Alternate translation: “a kiss shared by those who belong to God” or “a kiss that shows that you belong to God’s people”
-1TH	5	27	xn0n	writing-oathformulas	ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	The phrase **I solemnly charge you by the Lord** is an oath formula. If you have a term or phrase that would be most natural in your language to express an oath in this context, consider using that. Alternate translation: “I put you under oath to the Lord that this read this letter must be read” or “I implore you by the Lord to read this letter” or “You must swear an oath to the Lord that you will read this letter” or “You must make a vow to the Lord that you will read this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas]])
-1TH	5	27	n5cn	figs-explicit	ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	**to have this letter read** indicates the content of the **charge** **by the Lord**. The assumption is that this letter would be read out loud by someone in the local church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	5	27	yp7e	figs-activepassive	ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	If your language does not contain passive verbs, you could change it to an active verb. Alternate translation: “to make sure you read this letter out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TH	5	27	fyc7	figs-idiom	πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian Church–and by extension–all Christians (See [5:26](../05/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the whole church at Thessalonica” or “to all believers in Christ” or “to all Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	27	ojue	translate-textvariants	πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	Many ancient manuscripts read “**all the** holy **brothers**” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH	5	28	ykkr	translate-blessing	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	This is a blessing formula. You should use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ show you how kind he is” or “May the favor of the Lord Jesus Christ be among you all” or “I pray that the Lord Jesus Christ will favor all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
-1TH	5	28	n8ur	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	**grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ always show you how kind he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	5	28	d35d	translate-textvariants	μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	Many ancient manuscripts add “Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1TH	5	26	v9iy	translate-symaction	ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ	1	brothers	This action was an expression of Christian affectionate in this culture. It showed the unity of those who belong to Christ. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+1TH	5	27	xn0n	writing-oathformulas	ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον, ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	The phrase **I solemnly charge you by the Lord** is an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “You must make a vow to the Lord that you will read this letter” or “I put you under oath to the Lord that this letter must be read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas]])
+1TH	5	27	n5cn	figs-explicit	ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	It is assumed that this letter would be read out loud by someone in the local church. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to have this letter read out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH	5	27	yp7e	figs-activepassive	ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to make sure you read this letter out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TH	5	27	mtvd	figs-idiom	πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian Church–and by extension–all Christians (See [5:26](../05/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the whole church at Thessalonica” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TH	5	28	ykkr	translate-blessing	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	This is a blessing and greeting formula. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing that could be used as a greeting in your language. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ show you how kind he is” or “May the favor of the Lord Jesus Christ be among you all” or “I pray that the Lord Jesus Christ will favor all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
+1TH	5	28	n8ur	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** in another way. Alternate translation: “May our Lord Jesus Christ always show you how kind he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TH	5	28	d35d	translate-textvariants	μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read	Many ancient manuscripts add “Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])